SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
[X] Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 or
[ ] Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934.
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware 001-12421 87-0565309
- -------------- ---------------- ----------------
(State or other jurisdiction (Commission File No.) (IRS Employer
of incorporation) Identification No.)
75 West Center Street
Provo, Utah 84601
----------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (801) 345-6100
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class Name of exchange on which registered
- ------------------- ------------------------------------
Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes[X] No [ ]
Based on the closing sales price of the Class A Common Stock on the
New York Stock Exchange on March 10, 2000, the aggregate market value of the
voting stock (Class A and Class B Common Stock) held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant was $304,050,000. For purposes of this calculation, voting stock held
by officers, directors, and stockholders holding more than 10% of the voting
stock has been excluded.
As of March 10, 2000, 32,003,086 shares of the Registrant's Class A
Common Stock, $.001 par value per share, and 54,606,905 shares of the
Registrant's Class B Common Stock, $.001 par value per share, were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE. Portions of the Registrant's 1999 Annual
Report to Stockholders to be furnished to the stockholders of the Registrant
pursuant to Rule 14a-3(b) in connection with Registrant's 2000 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders are attached hereto as Exhibit 13 and are incorporated herein by
reference into Parts II and IV of this Form. Portions of the Registrant's
definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant's 2000 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120
days after the Registrant's fiscal year end are incorporated by reference in
Part III of this report.
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I ......................................................................1
ITEM 1. Business .....................................................1
General .................................................1
Operating Divisions .....................................2
Nu Skin ............................................2
Pharmanex ..........................................4
Big Planet .........................................8
Regional Profiles .......................................10
Distribution System .....................................11
Competition .............................................16
Intellectual Property ...................................17
Government Regulation ...................................17
Employees ...............................................21
Risk Factors ............................................21
ITEM 2. Properties ...................................................28
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings ............................................28
ITEM 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders .........29
PART II .....................................................................31
ITEM 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder
Matters ......................................................31
ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data ......................................31
ITEM 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations ........................................31
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ...31
ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ..................31
ITEM 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure .........................................31
PART III ....................................................................31
PART IV .....................................................................31
ITEM 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on
Form 8-K .....................................................31
Signatures ..................................................................44
i
<PAGE>
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K, IN PARTICULAR "ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" AND
"ITEM 1. BUSINESS," INCLUDE "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" WITHIN THE MEANING OF
SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. THESE STATEMENTS
REPRESENT THE COMPANY'S EXPECTATIONS OR BELIEFS CONCERNING, AMONG OTHER THINGS,
FUTURE REVENUE, EARNINGS, AND OTHER FINANCIAL RESULTS, NEW PRODUCTS, FUTURE
OPERATIONS AND OPERATING RESULTS, AND FUTURE BUSINESS AND MARKET OPPORTUNITIES.
THE COMPANY WISHES TO CAUTION AND ADVISE READERS THAT THESE STATEMENTS INVOLVE
RISK AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM
THE EXPECTATIONS AND BELIEFS CONTAINED HEREIN. FOR A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN RISKS
RELATED TO THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS, SEE "ITEM 1. BUSINESS -- RISK FACTORS"
BEGINNING ON PAGE 22.
UNLESS THE CONTEXT REQUIRES OTHERWISE, REFERENCES TO THE COMPANY ARE TO
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES. IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM
10-K, REFERENCES TO "DOLLARS" AND "$" ARE TO UNITED STATES DOLLARS. NU SKIN,
PHARMANEX, INTERIOR DESIGN NUTRITIONALS, "6S QUALITY PROCESS", BIG PLANET AND
IDN ARE TRADEMARKS OF THE COMPANY. THE ITALICIZED PRODUCT NAMES USED IN THIS
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K ARE PRODUCT NAMES AND ALSO, IN CERTAIN CASES,
TRADEMARKS OF THE COMPANY. "IPHONE" IS A TRADEMARK OF INFOGEAR TECHNOLOGY
CORPORATION.
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
GENERAL
Nu Skin Enterprises ("Nu Skin Enterprises" or the "Company") is a
leading, global direct selling company that develops and distributes
premium-quality, innovative personal care and nutritional products. The Company
also markets and distributes technology, Internet and telecommunications
services and products. Nu Skin Enterprises is one of the largest direct selling
companies in the world and currently operates in 31 countries throughout Asia,
North and South America and Europe. The Company distributes its products
exclusively through a network marketing system. The Company currently has a
network of approximately 500,000 active distributors located throughout its
markets that purchase products for resale to consumers and for personal
consumption.
In March 1999, the Company terminated its exclusive license and
distribution agreements with the Company's privately owned affiliate, Nu Skin
USA, Inc., and commenced operations in the United States through a new
wholly owned subsidiary. In May 1999, the Company acquired its other
privately owned affiliates operating in Canada, Mexico and Guatemala. As a
result of these transactions, the Company now owns all of the Nu Skin entities
operating everywhere in the world and the right to expand into all future
markets. In July 1999, the Company completed the acquisition of Big Planet,
Inc., a privately owned direct selling affiliate engaged in the marketing and
distribution of technology, Internet and telecommunications services and
products. In connection with these transactions and the acquisition of
Pharmanex, Inc., a developer and distributor of nutritional supplements, in
October 1998, the Company began transitioning from managing its business based
on a geographic model to managing its business based on product lines. Each of
the Company's product-based divisions offers a distinct business opportunity for
the Company's distributors. Each division is also managed and directed by a
distinct management team. The Company first implemented its divisional strategy
in the United States in early 1999 and currently has three operating divisions
there. The Company has subsequently introduced its divisional strategy into
certain Asian markets by launching the Pharmanex business opportunity through
its Pharmanex division, most recently in Japan in February 2000.
-1-
<PAGE>
OPERATING DIVISIONS
Nu Skin Enterprises currently has three operating divisions: Nu Skin,
which offers personal care products; Pharmanex, which offers nutritional
supplements; and Big Planet, which offers technology, Internet and
telecommunications products and services. Presented below are the dollar amount
and percentage of revenue from the sale of Nu Skin products, Pharmanex products
and Big Planet products and services for each of the years ended December 31,
1997, 1998 and 1999. This table should be read together with the information
presented in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations," contained in the Company's 1999 Annual Report to
Stockholders, which is incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K and which
discusses the costs associated with generating the aggregate revenue presented.
Revenue by Product Category
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended Year Ended Year Ended
December 31, 1997 December 31, 1998 December 31, 1999
--------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
Product Category $ % $ % $ %
- ---------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Nu Skin $ 638,956 67.0% $ 560,976 61.4% $ 503,570 56.3%
Pharmanex (1) 314,466 33.0 352,518 38.6 379,241 42.4
Big Planet (2) -- -- -- -- 11,438 1.3
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total $ 953,422 100.0% $ 913,494 100.0% $ 894,249 100.0%
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
- ---------
<FN>
(1) The Company acquired Pharmanex in October 1998 and formally launched its
products in the United States and other markets in 1999. Accordingly, the
nutritional supplement revenue reflected in this table for 1997 and 1998 is
primarily from sales of the Company's IDN nutritional supplement line, which
constituted the Company's nutritional product offering prior to the Pharmanex
acquisition.
(2) The Company acquired Big Planet in July 1999. Accordingly, the table above
only reflects revenue for the period during which the Company owned Big Planet
(i.e., July 17, 1999 to December 31, 1999). Big Planet's revenue for the year
ended December 31, 1998 was $14.7 million and its revenue for the year ended
December 31, 1999 was $21.8 million.
</FN>
</TABLE>
NU SKIN
OVERVIEW. Nu Skin is the Company's original product line and business
opportunity and currently consists of premium-quality lines of over 100 personal
care products. Nu Skin's strategy is to distribute high quality personal care
products and treatments that utilize advanced, innovative formulas. For example,
Nu Skin was one of the first companies to market topical applications of various
vitamins including Vitamins A, C and E. Other examples include the NU SKIN 180
ANTI-AGING SKIN THERAPY system, a scientifically advanced skin care system
designed to fight the signs of aging, and TRUFACE, an innovative skin treatment
using a liquid crystal retinol delivery system. In 1999, Nu Skin entered into a
nine-year contract with Stanford University for directed research on skin care
products and established the Nu Skin Center for Dermatological Research at
Stanford University's School of Medicine. Nu Skin seeks to take advantage of its
educated distributor force to provide consumers with a high level of information
and instruction about its products and guidelines for using them effectively.
NU SKIN PRODUCTS. Nu Skin's current personal care products are divided
into the following lines: face care, body care, hair care, color cosmetics, sun
protection, oral hygiene, fragrance, and specialty products. Nu Skin offers
products individually and in product sets that include a variety of products in
each product line. The
-2-
<PAGE>
product sets are especially popular during the opening phase of a new market,
when distributors and consumers are anxious to purchase a variety of products,
and during holiday and gift giving seasons in each market.
The following is a brief description of each product line within the Nu Skin
division:
Face Care. The face care line is Nu Skin's premier line of personal
care products and consists of 20 different cleansers, moisturizers and special
treatments. Nu Skin's cleansers and moisturizers allow users to cleanse
thoroughly without causing dryness and to moisturize with effective humectants.
These products include: TRUFACE, an innovative skin treatment using a liquid
crystal retinol delivery system; REJUVENATING CREAM, a facial moisturizer and
one of Nu Skin's most popular personal care products; and PH BALANCE FACIAL
TONER, a product combining aloe vera and other ingredients designed to prepare
the skin for effective moisturization. Nu Skin's specialized treatment products
utilize advanced formulas and ingredients designed for specific skin care
conditions. Special treatment products include the scientifically advanced NU
SKIN 180 ANTI-AGING SKIN THERAPY system of products, which was introduced in
1999. These products utilize unparalleled levels of lactic acids to help fight
the signs of aging while limiting the potential for irritation. Specialty
treatments include a variety of other products including NU SKIN WHITE, a line
of pigment lighteners, and SKIN BRIGHTENING COMPLEX, which is designed to
lighten skin color and diminish the appearance of discoloration caused by sun
exposure and aging.
Body Care. Nu Skin's line of body care products incorporates
premium-quality ingredients to cleanse and condition skin. The body care product
line consists of 12 different cleansers, moisturizers and special treatments.
The cleansers are formulated without soaps, which dry the skin, and include BODY
BAR, a non-soap cleansing bar. Nu Skin's moisturizers contain light but
effective humectants and emollients. Body care special treatments include
DERMATIC EFFECTS, a body contouring lotion containing extracts of hibiscus and
malvaceae that has been clinically demonstrated to aid in preventing the
appearance of cellulite and aging skin, and MHA REVITALIZING BODY LOTION, which
combines multiple hydroxy acids. Other popular products in this line include
BODY SMOOTHER, a moisturizing lotion, and BODY CLEANSING GEL.
Hair Care. Nu Skin has designed its hair care line, HAIRFITNESS, to
meet the needs of people with all types of hair and hair problems. Focusing on
the condition of the scalp and its impact on hair quality, Nu Skin's hair care
products use water-soluble conditioners like panthenol to reduce build-up on the
scalp and to promote healthy hair. HAIRFITNESS includes 12 products featuring
CEREGEN, an innovative wheat-based complex of conditioning molecules designed to
enhance hair repair. In April 1999, Nu Skin introduced a hair care line, KANURE,
specifically designed and formulated for the Brazilian market to address the
natural properties of severely dry and curly hair.
Color Cosmetics. Nu Skin's color cosmetics line, NU COLOUR, consists of
13 talc-free products with over 150 SKU's including eye shadow, lipliner,
lipsticks, mascara, blush and finishing powder. Nu Skin relaunched a new and
revised NU COLOUR line in 1999 with new packaging and new shades.
Sun Protection. Nu Skin designed its line of SUNRIGHT products to
provide sun screen protection with non-irritating and non-greasy ingredients.
The sun protection line includes two sun screen products and a sun screen lip
balm.
Oral Hygiene. Nu Skin has an exclusive license to offer for sale in the
direct selling channel a line of oral health care products under the trademark
AP-24. AP-24 incorporates anti-plaque technology designed to help prevent plaque
build-up 24 hours a day. The product line includes various oral health care
products including toothpaste, mouthwash and floss.
Fragrance. Nu Skin offers fragrances under the trademarks SAFIRO and
BELIEVE.
Specialty Products. EPOCH is a line of ethnobotanical personal care
products created in cooperation with well known ethnobotanists. These products
unite natural compounds used by indigenous cultures with advanced scientific
ingredients. This product line consists of various products including GLACIAL
MARINE MUD, a revitalizing
-3-
<PAGE>
clay mask containing beneficial sea botanicals, EPOCH ANTISEPTIC HAND SANITIZER,
a product containing lavender that disinfects hands, and FIREWALKER FOOT CREAM,
created specifically to soothe and rejuvenate tired, aching feet.
NUTRIOL is another line of specialty products that Nu Skin is licensed
to sell in the direct selling channel. The NUTRIOL product line is manufactured
in Europe and consists of two hair care products that incorporate
mucopolysaccharide, a proprietary ingredient. NUTRIOL products are designed to
replenish vital minerals and elements.
NU SKIN PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. The product development philosophy for Nu
Skin is represented by its marketing slogan: "All of the Good and None of the
Bad." Nu Skin products do not contain soaps and other harsh cleansers that can
dry and irritate skin, undesirable oils such as lanolin, elements known to be
irritating and pore clogging, and conditioning agents that leave heavy residues.
Nu Skin is also committed to continuously improving its evolving personal care
product formulations to incorporate innovative and proven ingredients into its
product line. A recent example of Nu Skin's product development capability is
the NU SKIN 180 ANTI-AGING SKIN THERAPY system, one of the first products to
utilize significantly higher levels of alpha and beta hydroxy acids for topical
application while minimizing the risk of irritation.
For product development support in personal care, Nu Skin relies on an
advisory board comprised of recognized authorities in various disciplines. Nu
Skin utilizes its directed-research agreement with Stanford University Medical
Center's Department of Dermatology for directed research and clinical trials of
Nu Skin products or materials. Nu Skin also evaluates a significant number of
product ideas presented by distributors, vendors, and other outside sources. Nu
Skin utilizes its strategic relationships with vendors for directed research and
development work.
NU SKIN SOURCING AND PRODUCTION. In order to maintain high product
quality, Nu Skin acquires its ingredients and products from reliable and
reputable suppliers that Nu Skin considers to be superior sources of such
ingredients and products. For approximately eight years, Nu Skin has acquired
ingredients and products from a supplier that currently manufactures 53% of its
personal care products. Nu Skin's current contract with this supplier expires
this year, but Nu Skin expects to renew the contract for an additional term. Nu
Skin also has ongoing relationships with secondary and tertiary suppliers who
supply remaining products and ingredients. Nu Skin believes that in the event it
is unable to source any products or ingredients from its major supplier it could
produce or replace such products or substitute ingredients without great
difficulty or significant increases in the cost of goods sold from its other
secondary and tertiary suppliers.
PHARMANEX
OVERVIEW. Following the acquisition of Pharmanex in October 1998, the
Company consolidated its existing Interior Design Nutritionals, or IDN, product
line with the Pharmanex product line of nutritional supplements. The Company
believes that combining Pharmanex's research and development capabilities and
its nutritional and botanical supplements with the Company's existing product
development resources and vitamin and mineral products, including its flagship
product, LIFEPAK, helps position the new Pharmanex division to penetrate further
the growing nutritional supplement market. The new Pharmanex division currently
offers over 60 nutritional supplements and nutri-food products. The separate
Pharmanex business opportunity has been launched in the United States, Japan,
Taiwan, Hong Kong and South Korea.
Pharmanex believes that the nutritional supplement market is expanding
globally because of changing dietary patterns, an increasingly health-conscious
population and a growing amount of scientific evidence supporting the benefits
of using vitamin and natural self-care products and supplements. Pharmanex also
believes that its scientifically-substantiated nutritional supplements are
particularly well-suited to network marketing because the average consumer is
often uneducated or confused about nutritional supplements, particularly the
importance of scientific substantiation. The direct selling channel can be a
more effective method than traditional retailing channels to educate consumers
about the benefits of nutritional supplements and to differentiate the quality
and benefits of its products from those offered by competitors.
-4-
<PAGE>
In January 1999, Pharmanex discontinued selling its products in
traditional retail channels where they had been distributed before the Company
acquired Pharmanex. Pharmanex nutritional and botanical supplements are now
available exclusively through the Company's distributor network, which Pharmanex
believes can educate consumers more effectively about these products on a
person-to-person basis. Consistent with this personal selling approach,
Pharmanex also allows small, independent pharmacies to retail its products
because these pharmacies tend to provide personalized service and accommodate
the flow of information to consumers on a person-to-person basis.
PHARMANEX PRODUCTS. Pharmanex's nutritional supplements are currently
distributed under the brand names Pharmanex and IDN. As the Pharmanex business
opportunity and the Company's divisional strategy are rolled out to markets
outside of the United States, and as new versions of IDN products are
introduced, Pharmanex anticipates that a number of products currently
distributed under the IDN brand will be distributed under the Pharmanex brand
name.
Pharmanex's nutritional supplements currently include the LIFEPAK line
of multivitamin, mineral and phytonutrient supplements and a line of self-care
nutritional supplements. Pharmanex also offers nutritional products in the
following lines: weight-management, nutritious foods and snacks, and sports and
fitness products. Pharmanex also sells a water filtration system. Pharmanex has
designed its nutritional products to promote healthy, active lifestyles and
general well-being when used in conjunction with proper diet and exercise. In
1999, many of the nutritional and botanical supplements acquired in the
Pharmanex acquisition were introduced in the United States and selected Asian
markets.
Pharmanex must often reformulate its nutritional products to satisfy
strict regulatory requirements in many of the Company's different markets. While
each product's concept and positioning are generally the same, regulatory
differences between markets result in some product ingredient differences. For
example, Japanese regulations and consumer preferences mandate the use of
tablets instead of gelatin capsules that are typically used in the United
States. See "-- Government Regulation" for more information about government
regulation of Pharmanex's nutritional products.
The following is a brief description of each of the nutritional product
lines within the Pharmanex division:
Multivitamin/Mineral Supplements. This product line consists of various
vitamin, mineral and antioxidant supplements, including LIFEPAK. The LIFEPAK
family of products, the core Pharmanex nutritional supplement, is designed to
provide a beneficial mix of nutrients including vitamins, minerals, antioxidants
and phytonutrients, which are nutrient extracts from plants. The introduction of
LIFEPAK in the United States in 1992 and Japan in 1995 resulted in a significant
increase in the Company's revenue. Sales of LIFEPAK accounted for approximately
20% of the Company's total revenue in 1999. Pharmanex currently sells LIFEPAK in
14 markets, including the United States, Japan and Taiwan. Pharmanex offers
LIFEPAK in different formulations to meet the unique needs of adults generally,
women, seniors, teenagers and pregnant women. LIFEPAK was recently reformulated
to include catechins derived from TEGREEN 97, a Pharmanex product containing
high levels of green tea polyphenols.
Self-Care Nutritional Supplements. Pharmanex currently offers a line of
self-care natural nutritional supplements which are nutritional products
designed to meet the personalized needs of the user in the following areas:
* Energy/Stamina
* Heart Health
* Antioxidant Protection
* Relaxation
* Immune System Support
* Women's Health
* Special Needs
-5-
<PAGE>
These self-care dietary supplements are designed to provide consumers with a
specific, consistent level of the desired dosage of the important components of
the supplement. In addition, Pharmanex implements quality control processes
designed to enhance its ability to keep products free from contaminants.
The principal products in this line include CHOLESTIN, CORDYMAX CS-4,
TEGREEN 97 and BIOGINGKO 27/7. CHOLESTIN is a nutritional supplement derived
from the fermentation of a strain of red yeast on rice substrate. A recent
double-blind, placebo-controlled study conducted at the UCLA Center for Human
Nutrition and published in the February 1999 issue of the AMERICAN JOURNAL OF
CLINICAL NUTRITION demonstrated the effectiveness of CHOLESTIN in helping to
promote healthy cholesterol levels. In February 1999, a Federal District Court
judge ruled that CHOLESTIN could be legally sold as a nutritional supplement
under the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994. The Food and Drug
Administration (the "FDA") had previously challenged the status of CHOLESTIN as
a dietary supplement, claiming it was a drug and could not be marketed without
FDA approval. The FDA has appealed the decision that CHOLESTIN can be sold as a
nutritional supplement.
CORDYMAX CS-4 is a nutritional supplement designed to help reduce
fatigue. Several clinical trials have been conducted on this product which have
demonstrated that CORDYMAX CS-4 can help reduce fatigue. CORDYMAX CS-4 is
offered as a stand-alone product and in a combination product with St. John's
Wort, a positive mood enhancer, distributed under the trademark BIO ST. JOHN'S.
In addition, Pharmanex offers BIOGINKGO 27/7, a ginkgo biloba extract that
promotes blood circulation to the brain, arms and legs, and TEGREEN 97, a
supplement that contains a concentrated level of decaffeinated green tea
polyphenols, potent antioxidants found in green tea.
In 1999, Pharmanex also introduced VENIX, a product designed to promote
sexual well-being, and REISHI, a popular botanical supplement in the Company's
Asian markets, particularly Taiwan. This product line also includes a line of
other standardized botanical and dietary supplements including PANAX GINSENG,
KAVA KAVA, ECHINACEA, GARLIC, HAWTHORN, OPTIMUM OMEGA and others that similarly
have been formulated to meet a broad range of health needs.
Nutritious and Healthy Snacks. As part of its mission to promote a
healthy lifestyle and long-term wellness, Pharmanex's NUTRI-FOODS product line
includes nutritional drinks such as ALOE FOUNTAIN, which contains organically
grown aloe vera, and SPLASH C with aloe vera, a healthy beverage providing
significant amounts of Vitamins C and E as well as calcium in each serving. This
product line also includes meal supplements such as nutritious snack bars.
Sports and Fitness Products. The SPORTRITION line of sports and fitness
products caters to health conscious individuals with active lifestyles. This
product line consists of a packaged group of nutritional supplements offering a
comprehensive, flexible program for individuals who desire to improve athletic
performance. Products in the SPORTRITION line include OVERDRIVE, a sports
supplement that features antioxidants, B vitamins and chromium chelate, and
PROGRAM-16 protein bars, designed to provide nutritional support for individuals
involved in strenuous exercise.
Weight Management. The HEALTHTRIM 2000 weight management program
includes a line of nutritional products designed to provide nutritional support
to weight conscious individuals. These products include fiber supplements
marketed under the product names FIBRENET and FIBRENET PLUS, LIFEPAK TRIM and
other related products.
Image Solutions. In 1999, Pharmanex introduced a line of nutritional
supplements designed to create outward beauty from within. These products
include HAIR FORMULA, designed to promote and maintain healthy hair and VEIN
FORMULA, designed to promote circulatory and leg vein health.
Specialty Products. In the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company
introduced a high-performance home water filtration system in Japan. The water
filtration system was subsequently introduced in other Asian markets. The
FOUNTAIN FRESH filtration system was designed by and is being manufactured
exclusively for the Company by CUNO Incorporated, a worldwide manufacturer of
home and industrial filtration systems.
-6-
<PAGE>
PHARMANEX PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. Pharmanex is committed to providing high
quality, standardized and substantiated nutritional supplements. This philosophy
has led to Pharmanex's commitment to avoid stimulants and any ingredients that
are reported to have any long-term addictive or harmful effects, even if the
short-term effects may be desirable. Pharmanex believes that it is one of the
few nutritional supplement companies in the United States that has a research
and development program modeled after the pharmaceutical industry. Pharmanex
believes that this research and development capability provides it with an
important competitive advantage in the industry. Moreover, because a substantial
portion of Pharmanex's research and development activities are conducted in the
Peoples' Republic of China (The "PRC"), it believes that it is able to conduct
quality research and development work as well as initial clinical trials in
higher numbers due to the significantly lower cost than would be incurred if
Pharmanex conducted comparable work in the United States.
Pharmanex utilizes its "6S Quality Process" in its development
activities, which is designed to provide a precise, standardized, recommended
dosage of each beneficial natural ingredient in every capsule. The 6S Quality
Process generally involves the following steps:
* SELECTION. Conducting a scientific review of research and databases in
connection with the selection of potential products and ingredients,
and determining the authenticity, usefulness and safety standards for
such potential products and ingredients.
* SOURCING. Investigating potential sources, evaluating the quality of
such sources and performing botanical and chemical evaluations where
appropriate.
* STRUCTURE. Determining the structural profile of natural compounds and
active ingredients.
* STANDARDIZATION. Standardizing the product to at least one
biologically relevant active ingredient.
* SAFETY. Assessing safety from available research, and, where
necessary, performing additional tests such as microbial tests and
chemical analyses for toxins and heavy metals.
* SUBSTANTIATION. Reviewing documented pre-clinical and clinical trials,
and, where necessary and appropriate, initiating studies and clinical
trials sponsored by Pharmanex.
Pharmanex employs approximately 50 scientists at its dedicated research
and development center in Shanghai, the PRC, and at its Provo, Utah and San
Francisco, California offices. Pharmanex also has working relationships with 150
other independent scientists including an advisory board comprised of recognized
authorities in related disciplines. In addition, Pharmanex evaluates a
significant number of product ideas presented to it by distributors and other
outside sources. Pharmanex has established collaborative agreements with three
prominent universities and research institutions in the PRC: Shanghai Medical
University, Beijing Medical University and the Institute of Materia Medica. The
staffs of these institutions include scientists with expertise in natural
product chemistry, biochemistry, pharmacology and clinical studies. Pharmanex's
research and development center in Shanghai coordinates and validates
Pharmanex's collaborative efforts with these institutions. Pharmanex also
currently has collaborative research and clinical study programs with several
major university research centers in the United States, including UCLA, the
Rippe Center for Clinical Lifestyle Research, Columbia University, the
University of Kansas, and internationally with the University of Hong Kong
School of Medicine. The Company's research and development expenditures have
increased substantially following the acquisition of Pharmanex, but still do not
represent a material portion of the Company's selling, general, and
administrative expenses on a consolidated basis.
PHARMANEX SOURCING AND PRODUCTION. Substantially all of Pharmanex's
nutritional supplements and ingredients, including LIFEPAK, are produced or
provided by third-party suppliers that Pharmanex considers to be among the best
suppliers of such products and/or ingredients. Pharmanex currently relies on two
unaffiliated suppliers for approximately 50% of its nutritional supplements.
Pharmanex believes that, in the event it were unable to source any products or
ingredients from these suppliers or its other current suppliers other than as
described below, it could produce or replace such products or substitute
ingredients without great difficulty or
-7-
<PAGE>
significant increases in the cost of goods sold. CORDYMAX CS-4, a nutritional
supplement, is sourced from a sole supplier in the PRC pursuant to a contract
expiring in 2006. CHOLESTIN is currently sourced from a supplier pursuant to a
contract that expires in 2016. The Company recently amended a contract with an
additional supplier to obtain a perpetual license to purchase a red yeast strain
that can be used to make CHOLESTIN. This contract is valid for all markets
outside of the PRC and will allow the Company to utilize other suppliers to
manufacture CHOLESTIN if necessary. Pharmanex also maintains an extraction and
purification facility located in Huzhou, Zhejiang Province, the PRC, where it
currently produces the extracts for BIOGINKGO 27/7 and TEGREEN 97 products.
Pharmanex has contract cultivation areas in the PRC. Because some of
Pharmanex's natural and botanical products such as BIO ST. JOHN'S and BIOGINKGO
27/7 come from crops that can only be harvested once a year, problems with such
crops could limit Pharmanex's ability to produce such products. In addition, as
these products can only be produced once a year, Pharmanex must rely on the
accuracy of its estimates of product requirements in sourcing these products. If
Pharmanex underestimates its product requirements, it may not be able to
re-stock such product until the next growing season. To help mitigate this
problem, Pharmanex continues to work on sourcing raw materials in both the
Northern and Southern hemispheres to provide for two separate growing seasons.
BIG PLANET
OVERVIEW. The Internet is rapidly emerging as a global medium for
communications and electronic commerce. The recent growth of the Internet and
electronic commerce is effecting significant changes in traditional methods of
information delivery and product purchasing. In addition, deregulation of
telecommunications and the growth in wireless communications have resulted in
changes and opportunities in the telecommunications markets. In 1999, Nu Skin
Enterprises acquired Big Planet, Inc., a privately owned affiliate of the
Company that began operations in the United States in April 1998. This
acquisition provided Nu Skin Enterprises with a new business opportunity
involving technology, Internet and telecommunications products and services
allowing Nu Skin Enterprises to:
* Take advantage of the opportunities provided by the rapid growth of
the technology, Internet and telecommunications markets,
* Appeal to a broader base of customers and distributors,
* Utilize the strength and competitive advantages of its distribution
system to reach new segments of the marketplace, and
* Leverage Big Planet's expertise in the Internet to better leverage the
Internet and Web with the Nu Skin and Pharmanex divisions.
Big Planet's core strategy is to be an "InterNetworking" company that
combines the global Internet revolution with the power of network marketing. The
Company believes that technology, Internet and telecommunications products are
highly compatible with its distribution system and that Big Planet provides a
compelling business opportunity for technology-oriented entrepreneurs desiring
to participate in the Internet revolution. Big Planet leverages the direct
selling expertise of the Company's distributor force to provide high levels of
service to its customers in a product area that is often confusing to consumers.
Big Planet trains its distributors to educate consumers as needed to help them
understand and take advantage of the latest technology products.
Big Planet's current business model is based on a three-pronged
strategy:
* Introducing convenient and simple-to-use devices to access the
Internet;
-8-
<PAGE>
* Connecting customers to the Internet as an Internet Service Provider
("ISP") and offering various long distance and other Internet and
telecommunications products and services; and
* Offering a destination, or Internet community, for its customers once
they are online where they can conveniently shop and gain access to
other services and information.
BIG PLANET PRODUCTS. Big Planet's product offering is structured around
its three-pronged objective of providing devices, connections and destinations.
Big Planet has invested significantly in local infrastructure for its Internet
and operation support facilities. Big Planet also has entered into contractual
relationships with several industry-leading technology companies, including
Qwest Communications, AT&T Wireless, UUNet, SkyTel, IBM, I-Link, Incorporated,
and other key vendors, to provide convenient and reliable technology, Internet
and telecommunications products and services. Big Planet's distributors receive
commissions based on Big Planet's gross margin on each sale of products or
services, including monthly recurring service charges, or based on the
commission received by Big Planet with respect to products sold directly by
third-party vendors to Big Planet's customers.
Devices. Big Planet has chosen the IPHONE as an introductory product,
which suits the needs and experience levels of its users. The IPHONE is a
technologically-advanced telephone that provides simple and convenient Internet
access via a touch screen and pull-out keyboard and supports hypertext markup
language ("HTML"). The phone also includes speaker, speed-dial, directory,
caller-identification and voicemail features. The IPHONE was developed by
InfoGear Technology Corporation. Big Planet has licensed the exclusive right to
market the IPHONE in the multi-level marketing sales channel in the United
States. In September 1999, Big Planet launched a free IPHONE campaign, which
allows a customer to obtain an IPHONE free of charge with a three-year
subscription to Big Planet's Internet and long-distance services. Big Planet is
currently evaluating options for an IPHONE-like device for its Japan market.
Connections. Big Planet provides dial-up Internet access to its
customers through three separate access plans designed to cover the needs of a
broad demographic group of consumers. As with many other Internet service
providers, Big Planet outsources Internet access through a nationwide backbone
network of more than 2,900 dial up access sites, or "POPS," in cities throughout
the United States, which Big Planet believes is currently one of the largest
network of POPS in the United States. Big Planet currently has approximately
40,000 Internet service customers. The Internet Service includes easy to use,
reliable and competitively priced Internet access, electronic mail and content
filtration for distributors and consumers. Big Planet also provides a powerful,
yet easy-to-use tool for creating and maintaining sophisticated Web sites which
is designed for the small business segment of the Internet, including Big Planet
representatives. Big Planet currently hosts approximately 15,000 Web sites
primarily for individuals and small businesses.
Big Planet currently offers domestic and international long distance,
prepaid calling cards, paging products and services and personal 800 numbers.
Big Planet offers both residential and business long distance services through
its relationship with Qwest Communications. As of December 31, 1999,
approximately 30,000 customers were subscribed for long-distance service through
this relationship. In February 2000, Big Planet contracted with I-Link,
Incorporated ("I-Link"), an enhanced voice and data communications company, to
obtain the exclusive global network marketing channel distribution rights for
I-Link's products and services. Under the agreement, I-Link's existing network
marketing representatives, together with their existing customers and sales
volume, were transitioned to Big Planet and Big Planet began buying products and
services from I-Link on a wholesale basis. The primary product is I-Link's
"V-Link" which provides enhanced communications capabilities to customers
including unified messaging of voicemail, e-mail and fax, and "find-me, follow
me" features that allow a single phone call to ring to various different
telephone devices such as cell, office and home. Big Planet has also entered
into agreements to offer wireless telecommunications services through AT&T
Wireless and through the Sprint PCS network. Big Planet also has a business
relationship with SkyTel, which allows Big Planet to sell SkyTel's prepaid
paging products, including SkyTel's BEEPWEARPRO pager watch.
-9-
<PAGE>
Destination. The Big Planet online store, www.bpstore.com, provides an
online shopping environment to Big Planet distributors and their customers. The
Big Planet store was initially opened in September 1998 and currently offers
access to a wide selection of products and services from numerous different
vendors in addition to Nu Skin and Pharmanex products. Big Planet has entered
into agreements which link the Big Planet online store to Web sites of over 150
online retailers such as OnlineOfficeSupplies.com, ToysRus.com, Borders.com,
Outpost.com, DVDExpress and Flowerclub.com. Distributors earn commissions on
purchases by their customers through the online store and these affiliate sites.
The Big Planet portal, my.bigplanet.com, completes the Internet community that
Big Planet provides, offering customers various sources of information such as
weather forecasts, stock quotes and other services, including a concierge
service. The concierge service allows Big Planet customers to utilize a
live-operator and Internet-search service that offers a personalized alternative
to today's traditional Web-based search engines.
BIG PLANET PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. To date, Big Planet's product
development has focused on developing its Internet facilities and operational
systems in order to develop operational and support platforms necessary to
ensure consistent services and provide for the introduction of new products and
services. Big Planet continues to identify and secure contractual relationships
with various vendors and suppliers that will enable Big Planet to sell
competitively-priced technology, Internet and telecommunications products and
services through its distribution channel. In addition, Big Planet is committed
to identifying and securing contractual relationships with various vendors and
suppliers for a wide selection of products for sale through its online store.
Big Planet is evaluating the next generation of Internet devices including set
top boxes, Internet appliances, cellular phones and wireless personal assistant
devices that connect to the Internet.
BIG PLANET SOURCING AND PRODUCTION. Because the Internet is the key
component of Big Planet's business and strategy of controlling its customer
relationships, Big Planet has made a significant investment in building a
state-of-the-art network operations center which serves as the central platform
for its U.S.-based Internet services, Web site hosting services and its online
store. Similar to other ISPs, Big Planet outsources dial-up Internet access
through a nationwide telecommunications network of approximately 2,900 POPS in
cities throughout the United States with a contract with UUNet and other key
backbone providers. Big Planet also has contractual relationships with leading
technology companies such as Cisco Systems, EMC Corporation and Sun Microsytems,
which provide additional reliability and support for its ISP business. Except
for its Internet services, Web hosting and online shopping platform,
substantially all of the services and products offered by Big Planet are
contracted or sourced from unaffiliated third parties pursuant to contractual
arrangements. For example, Big Planet has contracted with Qwest Communications
to provide long distance phone services and Encore Telecommunications, LLC to
provide wireless communications through the Sprint PCS network. By acting on an
agency basis for these services, Big Planet is able to avoid the large capital
deployment and investment that would be required to build the infrastructure
necessary to provide such services. However, Big Planet's profit margins and its
ability to deliver quality service at competitive prices depend upon its ability
to negotiate and maintain favorable terms with such third-party providers. Big
Planet also contracts with or enters into various business relationships with
various unaffiliated parties to acquire the right to distribute unique and
innovative products, such as the iPhone, through its online store.
REGIONAL PROFILES
For information on revenue for each of the geographic regions in which
Nu Skin Enterprises operated for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and
1999, reference is made to "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 18 to the consolidated financial
statements contained in the 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders and incorporated
herein by reference.
NORTH ASIA. The North Asia region currently consists of Nu Skin
Enterprises' markets in Japan and South Korea. Japan is the Company's largest
market with approximately $602.4 million in revenue in 1999. According to the
World Federation of Direct Selling Associations, the direct selling channel in
Japan generated sales of approximately $28.4 billion of goods and services in
1998, making Japan the largest direct selling market in the world. As of
December 31, 1999, virtually all of Nu Skin's personal care products and nearly
one-third of Pharmanex's nutritional supplements, including LIFEPAK, the
Company's leading multi-vitamin and mineral
-10-
<PAGE>
supplement, were available in the Japanese market. In 1999, selected Pharmanex
products acquired in the Pharmanex acquisition, including TEGREEN 97, CHOLESTIN,
BIOGINKGO 27/7 and CORDYMAX CS-4, were introduced into Japan. In February 2000,
the Company's divisional strategy was implemented in Japan with the introduction
of the separate Pharmanex business opportunity. In addition, Big Planet is in
the process of working with the Japanese market to make dial-up access service
available to customers in Japan through the @nifty Internet service provided by
Nifty Corporation, one of the largest ISPs in Japan. Under this arrangement,
distributors will receive commissions for each monthly subscription fee paid by
a customer that signs up for the "Big Planet powered by @nifty" account. Nu Skin
currently offers the majority of its personal care products and Pharmanex
currently offers approximately 20% of its nutritional supplements in South
Korea. The Pharmanex business opportunity and certain of the natural nutritional
supplements acquired in the Pharmanex acquisition were introduced into South
Korea in January 2000.
SOUTHEAST ASIA. The Company's Southeast Asia region currently consists
of the markets in Taiwan, Hong Kong, Thailand, the Philippines, New Zealand,
Australia and a small retail operation in the PRC. This region has been
significantly affected by the Asian economic recession, which has severely
curtailed consumer spending. Taiwan is the largest market in this region with
revenue of $103.6 million in 1999. The Company is one of the largest direct
selling companies in Taiwan. According to the World Federation of Direct Selling
Associations, the direct selling channel in Taiwan generated approximately $1.2
billion in sales of goods and services in 1998. Management believes that the
direct selling industry in Taiwan contracted during 1998 and 1999 due in part to
the economic recession in the region and the PRC's ban on direct selling where
many Taiwanese distributors had hoped to expand their businesses. Approximately
2.8 million people, which is about 10% of the population, are estimated to be
involved in direct selling. Taiwan's government strictly regulates direct
selling activities. For example, Taiwan's government has enacted tax legislation
aimed to ensure proper tax payments by distributors on product sales to
consumers. As of December 31, 1999, Nu Skin offered most of its personal care
products and Pharmanex offered approximately one-half of its nutritional
supplements in Taiwan. In August 1999, Pharmanex introduced its separate
business opportunity and certain of the natural nutritional supplements acquired
in the Pharmanex acquisition into Taiwan. Big Planet currently does not
distribute any products or services in the Southeast Asia markets.
OTHER MARKETS. The Other Markets region currently consists of the
markets in Europe, the North American markets (which until 1999 had been
operated by private affiliates) and Brazil. In March 1999, the Company
terminated its license agreement with its affiliate Nu Skin USA which, prior to
this termination, had the exclusive right to sell the Company's products within
the United States. Accordingly, the only revenue the Company recognized in 1998
from sales in the United States related to license fees paid to the Company for
use of the Company's trademarks and trade names and revenue from sales of the
Company's products to Nu Skin USA. These fees and revenue accounted for a
majority of the revenue in Other Markets in 1998. As of March 1999, the Company
has recognized all revenue and associated expenses from sales of products in the
United States. According to the World Federation of Direct Selling Associations,
the direct selling channel in the United States generated sales of approximately
$23 billion of goods and services in 1998, making the United States the second
largest direct selling market in the world. In February 1999, Nu Skin
Enterprises introduced its divisional strategy into the United States, the first
market in which this strategy was implemented. Substantially all of Nu Skin's
personal care products and Pharmanex's nutritional supplements and all of Big
Planet's products and services are available in the United States.
The European markets first opened in 1995 with the opening of the
United Kingdom, Belgium, the Netherlands, France and Germany. Since that initial
opening, an additional ten markets have been opened in Europe, including Iceland
and Norway in 1999. Approximately 75 of Nu Skin's personal care products are
sold in Europe. Pharmanex has introduced several IDN products into a limited
number of the European markets. Big Planet currently does not offer any products
in the European market.
In November 1998, the Company opened the Brazilian market, which is the
Company's first market in South America. According to the World Federation of
Direct Selling Associations, the direct selling channel in Brazil generated
sales of approximately $3.1 billion of goods and services in 1998, prior to the
recent currency devaluation, making Brazil the third largest direct selling
market in the world. Approximately 25% of Nu Skin's
-11-
<PAGE>
personal care products have been introduced in Brazil, along with 15 locally
produced products. Neither Big Planet nor Pharmanex has introduced any of their
products into the Brazil market.
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
OVERVIEW OF DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. The foundation of the Company's sales
philosophy and distribution system is network marketing. Under most network
marketing systems, distributors purchase products for resale to consumers and
for personal consumption. Pursuant to the Company's Global Compensation Plan,
the Company currently sells products exclusively through independent
distributors who are not the Company's employees. The Company's network
marketing program differs from many other network marketing programs in several
respects.
* The Global Compensation Plan is among the most financially rewarding
plans offered to distributors by network marketing companies and can
result in commissions to distributors aggregating up to 58% of a
personal care or nutritional product's wholesale price. On a global
basis, commissions have averaged approximately 39 to 42% of revenue
from commissionable sales over the last eight years.
* The Company was among the first to allow distributors to be
compensated for product sales of downline-sponsored distributors
around the world, and the Company believes it is now the first major
network marketing company to allow distributors to be fully
compensated for product sales of downline-sponsored distributors
globally across all operating divisions.
* The Company's order and fulfillment systems eliminate the need for
distributors to carry significant levels of inventory.
Network marketing is an effective vehicle to distribute the Company's
products because:
* Consumers can learn about products in person from distributors, which
the Company believes is more effective for premium-quality products
than using television and print advertisements,
* Direct sales allow for actual product testing by potential customers,
* There is greater opportunity for distributor and customer
testimonials, and
* As compared to other distribution methods, distributors can give
customers higher levels of service and attention by, among other
things, following up on sales to ensure proper product usage and
customer satisfaction and to encourage repeat purchases.
Direct selling as a distribution channel has been enhanced in the past
decade by advancements in communications, including telecommunications and
Internet connectivity, and the proliferation of the use of videos and other
electronic devices. For this reason, the Company maintains an in-house staff of
creative and video production personnel for timely and cost-effective production
of sales materials. In addition, the Company has recently reorganized its
Information Technology department in order to, among other things, leverage Big
Planet's existing Internet resources and expertise to implement effective
Internet strategies in each of the Company's product divisions. The Company
believes that the Internet will become an increasingly important business factor
as more and more consumers purchase products over the Internet as opposed to
traditional retail and direct sales channels. As a result, the Company expects
that direct sellers will need to adapt their business models to integrate the
Internet into their operations to remain successful. Management is committed to
fully utilizing current and future technological advances to continue enhancing
the effectiveness of direct selling. The Company's divisions in the United
States currently maintain web sites where products may be ordered. In Japan, the
Company's largest market, the Company set up an Internet order process in 1999.
Since the introduction of the service in September 1999, more than 40,000
Japanese distributors have registered to use such service and have used it to
place over $25 million in sales.
-12-
<PAGE>
Because of the nature of Big Planet's products and services, Big Planet
distributors do not buy products for resale but act as independent sales
representatives of Big Planet. These representatives can earn a commission on
sales through the Big Planet online store by their customers. Big Planet does
not pay commissions on the wholesale price but on the gross margins from sales
of services and products. If products and services are purchased directly by
distributors or customers from third parties with contractual relationships with
Big Planet, the commission is based on the commission that Big Planet receives
from such third parties with respect to such sales.
The Company's revenue depends directly upon the number and productivity
of its distributors. Growth in sales volume requires an increase in the
productivity of distributors and/or growth in the total number of distributors.
Over the last year, the Company has experienced a decline in the number of its
distributors. The Company cannot assure stockholders that the productivity or
number of distributors will be sustained at current levels or increased in the
future. Furthermore, the Company estimates that, as of December 31, 1999,
approximately 300 distributorships worldwide maintained Hawaiian Blue Diamond or
Blue Diamond executive distributor levels, which are the Company's two highest
executive distributor levels, and, together with their extensive downline
networks, account for substantially all of the Company's revenue. Consequently,
the loss of a high-level distributor, together with a group of leading
distributors in such distributor's downline network, or the loss of a
significant number of distributors for any reason, could harm the Company's
business.
SPONSORING. The Company relies on its distributors to sponsor new
distributors. While the Company provides, at cost, product samples, brochures,
magazines and other sales materials, distributors are primarily responsible for
educating new distributors with respect to products, the Global Compensation
Plan, and how to build a successful distributorship.
The sponsoring of new distributors creates multiple levels in the
network marketing structure. Persons that a distributor sponsors are referred to
as "downline" or "sponsored" distributors. If downline distributors also sponsor
new distributors, they create additional levels in the structure, but their
downline distributors remain in the same downline network as their original
sponsoring distributor.
Sponsoring activities are not required of distributors. However,
because of the financial incentives provided to those who succeed in building a
distributor network that consumes and resells products, the Company believes
that most of its distributors attempt, with varying degrees of effort and
success, to sponsor additional distributors. Generally, distributors invite
acquaintances to sales meetings in which they present the Company's products and
explain the Global Compensation Plan. People are often attracted to become
distributors after using the Company's products and becoming regular customers.
Once a person becomes a distributor, he or she is able to purchase products
directly from the Company at wholesale prices. The distributor is also entitled
to sponsor other distributors in order to build a network of distributors and
product users.
A potential distributor must enter into a standard distributor
agreement which obligates the distributor to abide by the Company's policies and
procedures. Additionally, in most countries except Japan, a new distributor is
required to enter into a product purchase agreement with the Company's local
subsidiary, which governs product purchases. In some markets, the Company
requires distributors to purchase a starter kit, which includes the Company's
policies and procedures, for the approximate cost of producing the starter kit.
GLOBAL COMPENSATION PLAN. The Company believes that one of its key
competitive advantages is the Company's Global Compensation Plan. Distributors
receive higher levels of commissions as they advance under the Global
Compensation Plan. The Global Compensation Plan is seamlessly integrated across
all markets in which distributors sell products, allowing distributors to
receive commissions for global product sales, rather than merely local product
sales. The Company has also enhanced the Global Compensation Plan to allow
distributors to develop a seamless global network of downline distributors
across any or all of the product divisions. Management believes the Company is
the first major network marketing company to allow distributors to be fully
compensated for global sales of downline-sponsored distributors across
separately branded product divisions.
-13-
<PAGE>
The Company's distributors benefit significantly from receiving
commissions at the same rate for sales in foreign countries as for sales in
their respective home countries and across product divisions. In addition,
distributors are not required to establish new distributorships or requalify for
higher levels of commissions within each new country in which they begin to
operate, which is frequently the case under the compensation plans of many of
the Company's competitors. Under the Global Compensation Plan, distributors are
paid consolidated monthly commissions in the distributor's home country, in
local currency, for product sales in that distributor's global downline
distributor network across all product divisions.
HIGH LEVEL OF DISTRIBUTOR INCENTIVES. Based upon management's knowledge
of competitors' distributor compensation plans, management believes that the
Global Compensation Plan is among the most financially rewarding plans offered
to distributors by network marketing companies. Currently, there are two
fundamental ways in which distributors can earn money:
* Through retail markups on personal care and nutritional products sold
wholesale (recommend range of 43% to 60%), and
* Through a series of commissions on product sales.
Commissions on personal care and nutritional products can result in
commissions aggregating up to 58% of a product's wholesale price. On a global
basis, commissions have averaged approximately 39 to 42% of revenue from
commissionable sales over the last eight years.
Each of the Company's products carries a specified number of sales
volume points. Commissions are based on total personal and group sales volume
points per month. Sales volume points are essentially based upon a product's
wholesale cost, net of any point-of-sale taxes. As a distributor's retail
business expands and as he or she successfully sponsors other distributors into
the business who in turn expand their own businesses, he or she receives a
higher percentage of commissions.
Once a distributor becomes an executive-level distributor, the
distributor can begin to take full advantage of the benefits of commission
payments on personal and group sales volume. To achieve executive status, a
distributor must achieve specified personal and group sales volumes for a
required period of time. To maintain executive status, a distributor must
generally also maintain specified personal and group sales volumes. An
executive's commissions can increase substantially as downline distributors
achieve executive status. In determining commissions, the number of levels of
downline distributors included in an executive's group increases as the number
of executive distributorships directly below the executive increases.
On a monthly basis, the Company evaluates distributor requests for
exceptions to the terms and conditions of the Global Compensation Plan. While
the general policy is to discourage exceptions, the Company believes that the
flexibility to grant such exceptions is critical in retaining distributor
loyalty and dedication. In each market, distributor services personnel evaluate
each such instance and make appropriate recommendations to the Company.
As of the dates indicated below, the Company had the following number
of executive distributors:
Region 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999
- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
North Asia 4,017 14,844 16,654 17,311 14,601
Southeast Asia 4,129 6,199 5,642 5,091 3,419
Other Markets(1) 27 436 393 379 2,985
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Total 8,173 21,479 22,689 22,781 21,005
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
- ----------
(1) Upon the termination of the Nu Skin USA distribution license in March 1999,
the Company added 2,757 executive level distributors in the United States.
-14-
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPORT. The Company is committed to providing high-level
support services tailored to the needs of its distributors in each market. The
Company attempts to meet the needs and build the loyalty of distributors by
providing personalized distributor services, a support staff that assists
distributors as they build networks of downline distributors and a liberal
product return policy. Because many distributors have only a limited number of
hours each week to concentrate on their business, the Company believes that
maximizing a distributor's efforts by providing effective distributor support
has been and will continue to be important to the Company's success.
Through training meetings, annual conventions, distributor focus
groups, regular telephone conference calls and other personal contacts with
distributors, the Company seeks to understand and satisfy the needs of its
distributors. The Company provides walk-in, telephonic and computerized product
fulfillment and tracking services that result in user-friendly, timely product
distribution. Several walk-in centers maintain meeting rooms which distributors
may utilize in training and sponsoring activities. In addition, the Company is
committed to evaluating new ideas in technology and services that it can provide
to distributors, such as automatic product reordering. The Company currently
utilizes voicemail, teleconferencing, fax and Internet services to provide
Company and product information and ordering and to handle group and personal
sales volume inquiries.
RULES AFFECTING DISTRIBUTORS. The Company's standard distributor
agreement, policies and procedures and compensation plan contained in every
starter and/or introductory kit outline the scope of permissible distributor
marketing activities. The distributor rules and guidelines are designed to
provide distributors with maximum flexibility and opportunity within the bounds
of governmental regulations regarding network marketing and prudent business
policies and procedures. Distributors are independent contractors and are
expressly prohibited from representing themselves as agents or employees. The
Company requires distributors to present products and business opportunities
ethically and professionally. Distributors further agree that their
presentations to customers must be consistent with, and limited to, the product
claims and representations made in literature distributed by the Company. Under
most regulations governing nutritional supplements, no medical claims may be
made regarding the products, nor may distributors prescribe any particular
product as suitable for any specific ailment. Even though sponsoring activities
can be conducted in many countries, distributors may not conduct marketing
activities outside of countries in which the Company currently conducts business
and further may not export for sale products from one country to another.
Distributors must represent to the Company that their receipt of
commissions is based on retail sales and substantial personal sales efforts.
Exhibiting commission statements or checks is prohibited. The Company must
produce or pre-approve all sales aids used by distributors such as videotapes,
audiotapes, brochures, promotional clothing and other miscellaneous items.
Distributors may not use any form of media advertising to promote
products. Products may be promoted only by personal contact or by literature
produced or approved by the Company. Generic business opportunity
advertisements, without using the Company's name, may be placed in accordance
with required guidelines in some countries. The Company's logos and names may
not be permanently displayed at any location. Distributors may not use the
Company's trademarks or other intellectual property without the Company's
consent.
Products generally may not be sold, and the Company's business
opportunities may not be promoted, in traditional retail environments. Pharmanex
has made an exception to this rule and has allowed its products to be sold in
independently owned pharmacies and drug stores meeting specified requirements.
Additionally, distributors may not sell at conventions, trade shows, flea
markets, swap meets and similar events. Distributors who own or are employed by
a service-related business such as a doctor's office, hair salon or health club,
may make products available to regular customers as long as products are not
displayed visibly to the general public in such a way as to attract the general
public into the establishment to purchase products.
Generally, a distributor can receive commission bonuses on nutritional
and personal care products only if, on a monthly basis, the distributor:
-15-
<PAGE>
* Achieves at least 100 points, which is approximately $100, in personal
sales volume,
* Documents retail sales to at least five retail customers,
* Sells and/or consumes at least 80% of personal sales volume, and
* Is not in default of any material policies or procedures.
The Company systematically reviews alleged reports of distributor
misbehavior. If the Company determines that a distributor has violated any of
the distributor policies or procedures, the Company may terminate the
distributor's rights completely. Alternatively, the Company may impose sanctions
such as warnings, probation, withdrawal or denial of an award, suspension of
privileges of a distributorship, fines or penalties, withholding commissions
until specified conditions are satisfied or other appropriate injunctive relief.
A distributor may voluntarily terminate his/her distributorship at any time.
PAYMENT. Distributors generally pay for products prior to shipment.
Accordingly, the Company carries minimal accounts receivable. Distributors
typically pay for products in cash, by wire transfer and by credit card. Cash,
which represents a significant portion of all payments, is received by order
takers in the distribution centers when orders are personally picked up by a
distributor.
SALES AIDS. The Company provides an assortment of sales aids to
facilitate the sales of its products. In dollar terms, the largest sales aid is
the Company's starter kit which includes materials such as product brochures,
training materials and order forms. Sales aids include videotapes, audiotapes,
brochures, promotional clothing and other miscellaneous items to help create
consumer awareness of the Company and its products. Sales aids are priced at the
Company's approximate cost, and distributors do not receive commissions on
purchases of sales aids.
PRODUCT GUARANTEES. The Company believes that it is among the most
consumer-protective companies in the direct selling industry. For 30 days from
the date of purchase, the Company's product return policy allows a retail
purchaser to return any product to the distributor through whom the product was
purchased for a full refund. After 30 days from the date of purchase, the return
privilege is in the discretion of the distributor. Because distributors may
return unused and resalable products to the Company for a refund of 90% of the
purchase price for one year, they are encouraged to provide consumer refunds
beyond 30 days. In addition, the Company's product return policy is an important
tool used by distributors in developing a retail customer base. The Company's
experience with actual product returns has averaged less than 5% of annual
revenue through 1999. Because many of Big Planet's products and services are
provided directly to consumers by third-party vendors, the same 30-day return
privilege does not apply to products purchased by consumers from such vendors
unless such vendors otherwise agree.
COMPETITION
PERSONAL CARE AND NUTRITIONAL PRODUCTS. The markets for personal care
and nutritional products are large and intensely competitive. The Company
competes directly with numerous companies that manufacture and market personal
care and nutritional products in each of the Company's product categories and
product lines. The Company competes with other companies in the personal care
and nutritional products industry by emphasizing the innovation, value and
premium-quality of its products and the convenience of the Company's
distribution system. Many of the Company's competitors have much greater name
recognition and financial resources than the Company. Moreover, large
pharmaceutical companies are increasingly entering into the nutritional
supplement market. In addition, personal care and nutritional products can be
purchased in a wide variety of channels of distribution. While the Company
believes that consumers appreciate the convenience of ordering products from
home through a sales person or through a catalog, the buying habits of many
consumers accustomed to purchasing products through traditional retail channels
are difficult to change. The Company's product offerings in each product
category are also relatively small compared to the wide variety of products
offered by many other personal care and nutritional product companies. There
cannot be any assurance that the
-16-
<PAGE>
Company's personal care and nutrition business and results of operations will
not be harmed by market conditions and competition in the future.
TECHNOLOGY, INTERNET, AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. The
markets for technology, Internet and telecommunications products and services
are similarly large and intensely competitive. In addition, the Internet
services and e-commerce markets are new and rapidly evolving. The Company
expects the competition to intensify further in these markets in the future.
Barriers to entry for e-commerce are relatively low as current and new
competitors can launch new Web sites at relatively low costs. Big Planet's
online shopping services also compete with other channels of distribution,
including catalogue sales and traditional retail sales. Big Planet currently or
potentially competes with other companies for its Internet and
telecommunications services and products, including:
* Established, large online services providers such as America Online
and Microsoft Network,
* Local, regional and national Internet service providers such as
MindSpring and Earthlink,
* National telecommunications companies such as AT&T Corporation, MCI
WorldCom, Inc. and Sprint Corporation, and
* Numerous e-commerce Web sites such as Amazon.com and Buy.com.
Many of Big Planet's competitors have much greater name recognition and
financial resources than the Company. In addition, the Company understands that
some e-commerce vendors have elected to sell products for little or no gross
margins and to generate revenue through the sale of advertising. Big Planet
would have a difficult time competing based on price with such vendors because
its distribution system results in a commission payment based on such sales. Big
Planet may be at a disadvantage because it relies upon services and products
provided by third parties and must rely on its ability to acquire quality and
reliable services from vendors at a price that allows its distributors to sell
services at competitive rates and still generate attractive commissions. Big
Planet attempts to compete with other companies in this market through offering
convenient access to a wide variety of technology, Internet and
telecommunications services and products at competitive prices with a high level
of customer service. There can be no assurance that Big Planet's business and
results of operations will not be harmed by the intense competition in the
technology, Internet and telecommunications market.
NETWORK MARKETING COMPANIES. The Company also competes with other
direct selling organizations, some of which have a longer operating history and
higher visibility, name recognition and financial resources. The leading network
marketing company in the Company's existing markets is Amway Corporation and its
affiliates. The Company competes for new distributors on the strength of its
multiple business opportunities, product offerings, Global Compensation Plan,
management strength and appeal of the Company's international operations. The
Company anticipates the entry of many more direct selling organizations into the
marketplace as this distribution channel expands over the next several years and
as existing competitors expand into new markets. In order to successfully
compete in this market and attract and retain distributors, the Company must
maintain the attractiveness of its business opportunities to its distributors.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully meet the
challenges posed by this increased competition.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
The Company's major trademarks are registered in the United States and
in many other countries, and the Company considers its trademark protection to
be very important to its business. The major trademarks include the following:
Nu Skin, Interior Design Nutritionals, IDN, Pharmanex, Big Planet, and LIFEPAK.
The Company generally registers its important trademarks in the United States
and each market where the Company operates or has plans to operate. In addition,
a number of the Company's products are based on proprietary technologies and
formulations.
-17-
<PAGE>
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
DIRECT SELLING ACTIVITIES. Direct selling activities are regulated by
various federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States and
foreign countries. These laws and regulations are generally intended to prevent
fraudulent or deceptive schemes, often referred to as "pyramid," "money games"
or "chain sales" schemes, that promise quick rewards for little or no effort,
require high entry costs, use high pressure recruiting methods and/or do not
involve legitimate products. The laws and regulations in the Company's current
markets often:
* Impose cancellation/product return, inventory buy-backs and
cooling-off rights for consumers and distributors,
* Require the Company or its distributors to register with governmental
agencies,
* Impose reporting requirements, and/or
* Impose upon the Company requirements, such as requiring distributors
to maintain levels of retail sales to qualify to receive commissions,
to ensure that distributors are being compensated for sales of
products and not for recruiting new distributors.
The extent and provisions of these laws, however, vary from country to country
and can impose significant restrictions and limitations on the Company's
business operations. For example, in South Korea, the Company cannot pay more
than 35% of its revenue to its distributors in any given month. In Germany, the
German Commercial Code prohibits using direct salespersons to promote
multi-level marketing arrangements by making the inducement to purchase products
for resale illegal. Accordingly, the Company, through its German subsidiary,
sells products to consumers through a "commercial agent" rather than a
distributor. As a result, in Germany the Company is subject to potential tax and
social insurance liability as well as agency laws governing the termination of
commercial agents. The European Commission is also currently monitoring the
direct sales industry which could lead to European Union level regulation in the
Company's markets in Europe.
Based on the Company's research conducted in opening existing markets,
the nature and scope of inquiries from government regulatory authorities, and
the Company's history of operations in such markets to date, the Company
believes that its method of distribution is in compliance in all material
respects with the laws and regulations relating to direct selling activities of
the countries in which the Company currently operates. The PRC currently has
laws in place that prohibit the Company from conducting business in such market
using the Company's existing business model. The PRC recently announced its
intention to lift this temporary ban in 2003. There can be no assurance,
however, that the Company will be allowed to conduct business in new markets or
continue to conduct business in each of its existing markets. See "Risk Factors
- -- Laws and regulations may prohibit or severely restrict our direct sales
efforts and cause our sales and profitability to decline" for additional
discussion of the regulatory environment for network marketing.
REGULATION OF PERSONAL CARE AND NUTRITIONAL PRODUCTS. The Company's
personal care and nutritional products and related promotional and marketing
activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation by numerous domestic
and foreign governmental agencies and authorities. These include the Food and
Drug Administration (the "FDA"), the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC") , the
Consumer Product Safety Commission, and the United States Department of
Agriculture in the United States, State Attorneys General and other state
regulatory agencies, and the Ministry of Health and Welfare in Japan.
The Company's markets have varied regulations concerning product
formulation, labeling, packaging and importation. These laws and regulations
often require the Company to, among other things:
* Reformulate products for a specific market to meet the specific
product formulation laws of such country,
-18-
<PAGE>
* Conform product labeling to the regulations in each country, and
* Register or qualify products with the applicable government authority
or obtain necessary approvals or file necessary notifications for the
marketing of such products.
For example, in Japan, the Ministry of Health and Welfare requires the Company
to have an import business license and to register each personal care product
imported into Japan. The Company must also reformulate many products to satisfy
other Ministry of Health and Welfare regulations. In Taiwan, all "medicated"
cosmetic and pharmaceutical products require registration. These regulations can
limit the Company's ability to import products into the Company's markets and
can delay introductions of new products into markets as the Company goes through
the registration and approval process for such products. The sale of cosmetic
products is regulated in the European Union member states under the European
Union Cosmetics Directive, which requires a uniform application for foreign
companies making personal care product sales.
Nutritional supplements are strictly regulated in the Company's
markets. These markets have varied regulations that apply to and distinguish
nutritional health supplements from "drugs" or "pharmaceutical products." For
example, the Company's products are regulated by the FDA of the United States
under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. The Federal Food, Drug and
Cosmetic Act has been amended several times with respect to nutritional
supplements, most recently by the Nutrition Labeling and Education Act and the
Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act. The Dietary Supplement Health and
Education Act establishes rules for determining whether a product is a dietary
supplement. Under this statute, dietary supplements are regulated more like
foods than drugs, are not subject to the food additive provisions of the law,
and are generally not required to obtain regulatory approval prior to being
introduced to the market. None of this infringes, however, upon the FDA's power
to remove an unsafe substance from the market. In the event a product, or an
ingredient in a product, is classified as a drug or pharmaceutical product in
any market, the Company will generally not be able to distribute such product in
such market through the Company's distribution channel because of strict
restrictions applicable to drug and pharmaceutical products. For example,
certain of Pharmanex's nutritional products, such as BIOGINGKO 27/7 and St.
John's Wort, may not be marketed through the direct sales channel in certain
European markets, such as Germany and Austria, and CHOLESTIN cannot be marketed
in South Korea. In addition, the FDA has recently appealed the decision of a
federal district court that CHOLESTIN could be sold as a dietary supplement
under the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act. If the FDA succeeds in
overturning the district court's decision, the Company will be unable to sell
CHOLESTIN in its current form without first obtaining FDA approval.
Many of the Company's existing markets also regulate product claims
and advertising. These laws regulate the types of claims and representations
that can be made regarding the efficacy of products, particularly dietary
supplements. Accordingly, these regulations can limit the ability of the Company
and its distributors to inform consumers of the full benefits of the Company's
products. This can make it difficult to adequately distinguish the Company's
quality products from lower-price products of poor quality that do not offer the
same level of benefits. In Japan, the Company and its distributors are severely
restricted in making any claims concerning the health benefits of the Company's
nutritional supplements. In the United States, the Company is unable to make any
claim that any of the Company's nutritional supplements will diagnose, cure,
mitigate, treat or prevent disease. The Dietary Supplement Health and Education
Act, however, permits substantiated, truthful and non-misleading statements of
nutritional support to be made in labeling, such as statements describing
general well being resulting from consumption of a dietary ingredient or the
role of a nutrient or dietary ingredient in affecting or maintaining a structure
or a function of the body. The FDA recently issued final regulations concerning
these issues. One of the strategic purposes of the Company's acquisition of
Pharmanex was to obtain additional resources to enhance the Company's ability to
comply with these requirements in the Company's markets.
The FTC similarly requires that product claims be substantiated. In
1994, Nu Skin International, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company ("Nu Skin
International"), and three of its distributors entered into a consent decree
with the FTC with respect to its investigation of product claims and distributor
practices. As part of the settlement of this investigation, Nu Skin
International paid approximately $1.0 million to the FTC. In August
-19-
<PAGE>
1997, Nu Skin International reached a settlement with the FTC with respect to
product claims and its compliance with the 1994 consent decree, pursuant to
which settlement Nu Skin International paid $1.5 million to the FTC.
The Company and its vendors are also subject to laws and regulations
governing the manufacturing of the Company's products. For example, in the
United States the FDA regulations establish Good Manufacturing Practices for
foods and drugs. The FDA has also proposed detailed Good Manufacturing Practices
for nutritional supplements; however, no such regulations have yet been adopted.
To date, the Company has not experienced any difficulty maintaining its
import licenses but has experienced complications regarding health and safety
and food and drug regulations for nutritional products. Many of the Company's
products have required reformulation to comply with local requirements. In
addition, in Europe there is no uniform legislation governing the manufacture
and sale of nutritional products. Complex legislation governing the
manufacturing and sale of nutritional products in this market has inhibited the
Company's ability to gain quick access to this market for the Company's
nutritional supplements. These conditions could continue to delay sales of the
Company's nutritional supplements in these markets, particularly Germany, which
already has a large nutritional, herbal and dietary products industry.
Currently, the Company is only marketing its core nutritional products in a
limited number of countries in the European market.
INTERNET/TELECOMMUNICATIONS REGULATION. In the United States, Internet
service providers are generally considered "enhanced service providers" and are
exempt from federal and state regulations governing common carriers.
Accordingly, Big Planet's provision of Internet access services is currently
exempt from tariff, certification and rate regulation. Nevertheless, regulations
governing disclosure of confidential information, copyright, excise tax and
other requirements apply to Big Planet's provision of Internet access services.
In addition, the applicability of certain existing laws to the Internet is
uncertain. The majority of laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet
and related technologies and do not clearly address unique issues associated
with the Internet and related technologies. Additionally regulations directly or
indirectly governing Internet service providers could be adopted in the future.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that operations will not be adversely
affected by the adoption of any such laws or the application of existing laws to
the Internet.
Big Planet's telecommunications products and services are subject to
varying degrees of telecommunications regulation in each of the jurisdictions in
the United States in which Big Planet operates. In the United States, domestic
telecommunications service and international communications services in the
United States are subject to the provisions of the Communications Act, as
amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996, and Federal Communications
Commission (the "FCC") regulations and rules adopted thereunder, as well as the
applicable laws and regulations of the various states. Big Planet currently
offers long distance and cellular services through master agency relationships
with Qwest Communications, AT&T Wireless and Encore Telecommunications. Under
such relationships, Qwest, AT&T and Encore are the regulated provider of such
services and Big Planet is not subject to the jurisdiction of state or federal
telecommunications regulatory bodies in connection with the offering of such
products and services. Big Planet is also currently providing enhanced voice and
data communication services as a result of its recent transaction with I-Link.
Although these services are currently not regulated by state or federal
telecommunications agencies, the FCC is conducting an inquiry into the
applicability of traditional telecommunications regulations to such services.
Currently, the I-Link services can be considered "enhanced services" exempt from
federal and state regulations governing common carriers. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Big Planet is currently authorized on both a federal and state level
(in substantially all 50 states) to provide traditional long distance
telecommunications service. To the extent Big Planet elects to become a reseller
of long distance services or the provision of enhanced voice and data
communication services becomes subject to regulations, Big Planet may become
subject to rules and regulations which may impose material burdens on the Big
Planet's operations or financial performance.
Big Planet is not currently providing Internet or telecommunications
services in any foreign markets. In overseas markets, such services would be
subject to the regulatory regimes in each of the countries in which it seeks to
conduct business. Local regulations range from permissive to restrictive,
depending upon the country. Many overseas telecommunications markets are
undergoing dramatic changes as a result of privatization and deregulation.
Despite recent trends toward deregulation, some countries do not currently
permit competition in
-20-
<PAGE>
the provision of public switched voice telecommunications services, which will
limit Big Planet's and other similarly situated United States-based carriers'
ability to provide telecommunications services in some markets. Some countries,
including Japan, presently subject Internet access service to regulatory
oversight under existing telecommunications laws in some circumstances.
OTHER REGULATORY ISSUES. As a United States entity operating through
subsidiaries in foreign jurisdictions, the Company is subject to foreign
exchange control and transfer pricing laws that regulate the flow of funds
between the Company's subsidiaries and the Company for product purchases,
management services and contractual obligations such as the payment of
distributor commissions. The Company believes that it is operating in compliance
with all applicable foreign exchange control and transfer pricing laws. However,
there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to be found to be
operating in compliance with foreign exchange control and transfer pricing laws,
or that such laws will not be modified, which, as a result, may require changes
in the Company's operating procedures.
As is the case with most companies that operate in the Company's
product categories, the Company has from time to time received inquiries from
government regulatory authorities regarding the nature of the Company's business
and other issues such as compliance with local direct selling, customs,
taxation, foreign exchange control, securities and other laws. Although to date
none of these inquiries has resulted in a finding materially adverse to the
Company, adverse publicity resulting from inquiries into the Company's
operations by United States and state government agencies in the early 1990s,
stemming in part from alleged inappropriate product and earnings claims by
distributors, and in the mid 1990s resulting from adverse media attention in
South Korea, harmed the Company's business and results of operations. The
Company could face similar inquiries in the future, which, either as a result of
findings adverse to the Company as a result of adverse publicity resulting from
the instigation of such inquiries, could harm the Company's business and results
of operations.
Based on the Company's experience and research and the nature and scope
of inquiries from government regulatory authorities, the Company believes that
it is in material compliance with all regulations applicable to the Company.
Despite this belief, the Company could be found not to be in material compliance
with existing regulations as a result of, among other things, the considerable
interpretative and enforcement discretion given to regulators or misconduct by
independent distributors.
Any assertion or determination that the Company or its distributors are
not in compliance with existing laws or regulations could harm the Company's
business or results of operations. In addition, in any country or jurisdiction,
the adoption of new laws or regulations or changes in the interpretation of
existing laws or regulations could generate negative publicity and/or harm the
Company's business and results of operations. Government agencies and courts in
any of the Company's markets could use their discretionary powers and authority
to interpret and apply laws in a manner that would limit the Company's ability
to operate or otherwise harm the Company's business. The Company cannot
determine the effect, if any, that future governmental regulations or
administrative orders may have on its business and results of operations.
Governmental regulations in countries where the Company plans to commence or
expand operations may prevent, delay or limit market entry of certain products
or require the reformulation of such products. Regulatory action, whether or not
it results in a final determination adverse to the Company, has the potential to
create negative publicity, with detrimental effects on the motivation and
recruitment of distributors and, consequently, on the Company's sales and
earnings.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 1999, the Company had approximately 2,800 full-time
and part-time employees. None of the employees is represented by a union or
other collective bargaining group. The Company believes its relationship with
its employees is good, and does not currently foresee a shortage in qualified
personnel needed to operate the Company's business.
-21-
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
There are certain significant risks that the Company faces, many of
which are substantial in nature. The following risks and information should be
considered in connection with the other information contained in this filing.
The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") has issued regulations which
require these risk factors to be presented in first person narrative and other
"plain English" styles required by the SEC. The purpose of these requirements is
to make the risk factors easier to understand and more clear.
FAILURE TO SUCCESSFULLY IMPLEMENT THE DIVISIONAL STRATEGY COULD HARM OUR
BUSINESS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
We have faced challenges in implementing our divisional strategy in
1999. The growth outlook for the year 2000 and beyond is based upon the success
of this strategy of focusing on three divisions of products and opportunity. If
we are unable to successfully integrate this strategy, or if the strategy does
not generate increased distributor activity and productivity, then we may
experience lower revenue, earnings and business synergies than we currently
expect from such strategy. Some of the challenges include:
* Distributor uncertainty concerning the strategy, the implementation of
the strategy and related changes to the distributor compensation plan,
* Longer than anticipated delays in obtaining incremental revenue growth
and distributor growth from the implementation of the strategy,
* Unforeseen expenses or difficulties in the further implementation of
the strategy, and
* Increasing strain on management to effectively manage a worldwide
business that is growing in complexity and diversity across all three
divisions and in all markets.
IF THE NUMBER OR PRODUCTIVITY OF INDEPENDENT DISTRIBUTORS DOES NOT INCREASE, OUR
REVENUE WILL NOT INCREASE.
To increase revenue, we must increase the number of and/or the
productivity of our distributors. We can provide no assurances that distributor
numbers will increase or remain constant or that productivity will increase.
Over the past year, we have experienced a decline in the number of our
distributors. This trend may continue. Distributors may terminate their services
at any time, and, like most direct selling companies, there is high turnover
among distributors from year to year. We cannot accurately predict how the
number and productivity of distributors may fluctuate because we primarily rely
upon existing distributors to sponsor and train new distributors and to motivate
new and existing distributors. Operating results could be adversely affected if
our existing and new business opportunities and products do not generate
sufficient economic incentive or interest to retain existing distributors and
attract new distributors. The number and productivity of distributors also
depend on several additional factors, including:
* Adverse publicity regarding us, our products, our distribution channel
or our competitors,
* The public's perception of our products and their ingredients,
* The public's perception of our distributors and direct selling
businesses in general, and
* General economic and business conditions.
In addition, we may face "saturation" or maturity levels in a given country or
market. This is of particular concern in Taiwan, where industry sources have
estimated that up to 10% of the population is already involved in some form of
direct selling. The maturity of certain of our markets could also affect our
ability to attract and retain distributors in those markets.
-22-
<PAGE>
ADVERSE ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL CONDITIONS IN SOME ASIAN MARKETS, PARTICULARLY
JAPAN, COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.
Economic and political conditions in most Asian markets have been poor
in recent years and may not improve or may worsen. In 1998 and 1999 our revenue
and net income decreased in part because of economic conditions in these markets
and stagnant consumer confidence. Continued or worsening economic and political
conditions in Asia, particularly in Japan given that market's significance to
our operations, could further reduce our revenue and net income.
CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS COULD LOWER OUR REPORTED REVENUE AND NET
INCOME.
We recognize most of our revenue in non-United States markets using
local currencies. We purchase inventory primarily in the United States and in
U.S. dollars. In preparing our financial statements, we translate revenue and
expenses in these countries from their local currencies into U.S. dollars using
weighted average exchange rates. We had favorable exchange rate movement in 1999
that helped to partially offset the local currency decline in revenue in Japan.
Given the uncertainty of exchange rate fluctuations, we cannot estimate the
effect these fluctuations may have upon future business, product pricing,
results of operations or financial condition. However, because nearly all
revenue is realized in local currencies and the majority of cost of sales is
denominated in U.S. dollars, gross profits will be positively affected by a
weakening in the U.S. dollar and will be negatively affected by a strengthening
of the U.S. dollar. Although we attempt to reduce exposure to exchange rate
fluctuations by using foreign currency exchange contracts, we cannot be certain
these contracts or any other hedging activity will effectively reduce exchange
rate exposure.
GOVERNMENT INQUIRIES, INVESTIGATIONS AND ACTIONS COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.
From time to time we receive formal and informal inquiries from various
government regulatory authorities about our business and our compliance with
local laws and regulations. Any assertion or determination that we or any of our
distributors are not in compliance with existing laws or regulations could
potentially harm our business. Even if governmental actions do not result in
rulings or orders, they potentially could decrease distributor productivity and
create negative publicity. Negative publicity could detrimentally affect our
efforts to motivate and recruit new distributors and, consequently, reduce
revenue and net income.
THE LOSS OF KEY HIGH-LEVEL DISTRIBUTORS COULD REDUCE OUR REVENUE.
Although we have approximately 500,000 distributors, approximately 300
distributors currently occupy the highest levels under the Global Compensation
Plan. These distributors, together with their extensive networks of
downline-sponsored distributors, account for substantially all of our revenue.
As a result, the loss of a high-level distributor or a group of leading
distributors in such distributor's network of downline distributors could
significantly reduce our revenue.
LAWS AND REGULATIONS MAY PROHIBIT OR SEVERELY RESTRICT OUR DIRECT SALES EFFORTS
AND CAUSE OUR SALES AND PROFITABILITY TO DECLINE.
Various government agencies throughout the world regulate direct sales
practices, intending generally to prevent fraud. If we are unable to continue
business in existing markets or commence operations in new markets because of
such laws, our revenue and profitability will decline. The PRC and Singapore
currently have laws that prohibit us from conducting business in such markets
under our current distribution model. Other countries in which we currently do
business could change their laws or regulations to negatively affect or prohibit
completely direct sales efforts. Additionally, government agencies and courts in
the countries where we operate may use their powers and discretion in
interpreting and applying laws in a manner that limits our ability to operate or
otherwise harms our business. Also, if any governmental authority brings a
regulatory enforcement action against us that interrupts business, revenue and
earnings would likely suffer. See "Government Regulation" for additional
discussion of regulations and laws governing our direct sales practices.
-23-
<PAGE>
CHALLENGES BY PRIVATE PARTIES COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.
We are currently subject to litigation commenced by certain Canadian
distributors in 1993 which involves claims under U.S. federal securities laws
and state anti-pyramid laws. An adverse judicial decision in such lawsuit, a
determination that our marketing system constitutes a security, or the
initiation of additional lawsuits challenging the legality of our network
marketing system would harm our business. In the United States, the network
marketing industry and regulatory authorities have generally relied on the
implementation of distributor rules and policies designed to promote retail
sales, to protect consumers and to prevent inappropriate activities, such as
inventory loading, to distinguish between legitimate network marketing
distribution plans and unlawful pyramid schemes. We have adopted rules and
policies based on those the FTC found acceptable in reviewing the legality of
Amway Corporation's marketing system. We have also developed our rules and
policies based on negotiations and discussions with the Attorney Generals'
offices in several states and the FTC, and based on industry standards required
by domestic and global direct sales associations. Legal and regulatory
requirements concerning network marketing systems, however, involve a high level
of subjectivity, are inherently fact based and are subject to judicial
interpretation. For example, in a 1996 case, WEBSTER V. OMNITRITION, the Ninth
Circuit Court of Appeals ruled that the existence of rules patterned after the
rules reviewed by the FTC in the Amway case do not establish as a matter of law
that a network marketing system is legal. The court indicated that a company may
need to introduce evidence that the rules and policies are enforced and actually
serve to deter inventory loading and encourage retail sales in order to
demonstrate that a particular network marketing system is lawful. The Ninth
Circuit also raised questions and issues concerning the effectiveness of the
rules at issue in that case and referred the case back to the trial court. These
issues have not been definitively addressed by either a regulatory body or court
since WEBSTER V. OMNITRITION. Because of the foregoing, we can provide no
assurance that we would not be harmed by the application or interpretation of
statutes or regulations governing network marketing.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES MAY RESTRICT OR INHIBIT
INTRODUCTION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN SOME MARKETS AND COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.
We may be unable to introduce our products in some markets if we fail
to obtain needed regulatory approvals, or if any product ingredients are
prohibited. For example, the FDA is seeking to prohibit the marketing of our
product CHOLESTIN as a dietary supplement in the United States. If the FDA
prevails, this would adversely affect sales of CHOLESTIN in its current form. In
addition, regulations in Germany and Austria currently prevent us from marketing
certain products such as St. John's Wort and BIOGINKGO 27/7. In addition, some
markets have restrictions on private competition and foreign ownership of
telecommunications products and services. The Internet is an emerging technology
and market and, as such, new laws and regulations could be adopted to regulate
such market and services that could affect our business. Failure to introduce
products or delays in introducing products could reduce revenue and decrease
profitability. Regulators also may prohibit us from making therapeutic claims
about products despite research and independent studies supporting such claims.
These product claim restrictions could lower sales of some of our products. See
"Government Regulation" for more information about government regulation of our
products and services.
CHANGES IN TAX LAWS COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.
We are subject to various domestic and foreign tax, foreign exchange,
import duty and transfer price laws. These laws can be complex and subject to
various interpretations. We are subject to various risks including:
* Changes in any such laws that result in higher taxes or duties,
subject more of our income to taxation in higher tax-rate
jurisdictions, subject our sales to point-of-sales or value-added
taxes, or impose new or additional taxes.
* Any investigation or determination by regulatory authorities that we
are not in compliance with such laws.
-24-
<PAGE>
* Inability to utilize foreign tax credits.
As we increase sales of our products and services over the Internet, we could
become subject to more taxes in the future if such transactions become subject
to greater taxation. In the United States, Congress passed the Internet Tax
Freedom Act in 1998, which placed a three-year moratorium on state and local
taxes on Internet access, unless such tax was already imposed prior to October
1, 1998, and on discriminatory taxes on electronic commerce. There is a
possibility that Congress may not renew this legislation in 2001. If Congress
chooses not to renew this legislation, U.S. state and local governments would be
free to impose new taxes on electronically purchased goods. We may face similar
situations in our foreign markets in the future.
LOSING SUPPLIERS OR RIGHTS TO SELL PRODUCTS COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.
We currently acquire products and ingredients from a limited number of
suppliers we consider to be among the best suppliers of products and
ingredients. We also license the right to distribute some of our products from
third parties. Losing any of these suppliers or licenses could restrict our
ability to produce or distribute certain products and harm our sales as a
result. We also obtain some of our botanical products from plants that can only
be harvested once a year. As a result, problems growing a certain plant in a
given year could limit our ability to produce a product with ingredients derived
from that plant.
WE COULD BE SUBJECT TO PENALTIES FOR FAILING TO MEET MINIMUM PURCHASE
REQUIREMENTS.
We have entered into several agreements that enable us to distribute
CHOLESTIN and CORDYMAX CS-4, both well-publicized Pharmanex products, and
certain products and services of Big Planet. These contracts contain minimum
purchase commitments. If we fail to satisfy minimum purchase requirements under
the Pharmanex license agreements or otherwise default on our obligations, we
could be required to pay a penalty of up to approximately $2.5 million in
connection with the CHOLESTIN contract and up to approximately $2.0 million in
connection with the CORDYMAX CS-4 contract to terminate our obligations. If any
of these licenses are terminated as a result, it could limit our ability to sell
CHOLESTIN or CORDYMAX CS-4. If Big Planet does not satisfy the terms of its
commitments under its minimum purchase agreements, the total aggregate
termination penalties under such agreements could be approximately $24.7
million. The largest of these commitments is for long distance
telecommunications services. Big Planet is currently attempting to renegotiate
the terms of this agreement.
OUR MARKETS ARE INTENSELY COMPETITIVE, AND MARKET CONDITIONS AND THE STRENGTHS
OF COMPETITORS MAY HARM OUR BUSINESS.
The markets for personal care and nutritional products and technology,
Internet and telecommunications services and products are intensely competitive.
We also compete with other network marketing companies for distributors. Results
of operations may be harmed by market conditions and competition in the future.
Many competitors have much greater name recognition and financial resources than
we have, which may give them a competitive advantage. Also, we currently do not
have significant patent or other proprietary protection, and competitors may
introduce products with the same natural ingredients and herbs as we use in our
products. For example, CHOLESTIN, which is derived from the fermentation of red
yeast on rice substrate, has received recent publicity. In response to this
publicity, competitors have introduced competing red yeast products. Because of
restrictions under regulatory requirements concerning claims about dietary
supplements, we may have a difficult time differentiating our products from
competitors' products. Accordingly, as a result of these competing products
entering the nutritional market, sales of CHOLESTIN and other natural
supplements could suffer. In addition the technology, Internet and
telecommunications products and services market is very price sensitive.
IF WE FAIL TO KEEP PACE WITH INTERNET-RELATED AND OTHER TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES,
OUR BUSINESS MAY BE HARMED.
Direct selling companies are adapting their business models to
integrate the Internet and other technological advances into their operations as
more and more consumers purchase goods and services using the Internet instead
of traditional retail and direct sales channels. The Internet and e-commerce
markets are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry
standards, and frequent new services and
-25-
<PAGE>
enhancements to meet evolving customer demand. In 1999, we completed the
acquisition of Big Planet which is postured to help us integrate the Internet
into our business. Big Planet's and our other e-commerce initiatives' future
success will depend on our ability to adapt to rapidly changing technologies, to
adapt services to evolving industry standards and to continually improve the
performance, features and reliability of our services. Failure to adapt to such
changes could harm our business.
ADOPTION OF NEW INTERNET AND TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES COULD REQUIRE SUBSTANTIAL
EXPENDITURES.
The widespread adoption of new Internet, networking or
telecommunications technologies or other technological changes could require
substantial expenditures to modify or adapt services or infrastructure. Big
Planet incurred operating losses of approximately $36 million in 1999 ($13.7
million following the acquisition by us in July 1999), and we anticipate further
operating losses over the next couple of years. We can provide no assurances
that we will be able to integrate the Internet into our business in a profitable
manner or that we will be able to operate Big Planet profitably or effectively
market its products and services through a network marketing system.
SYSTEM FAILURES COULD HARM BUSINESS.
As Internet and other technology initiatives are integrated into our
business, our success will depend on the efficient and uninterrupted operation
of computer and communications hardware and software systems. These systems and
operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fires, earthquakes,
telecommunications failures and other events. They are also subject to
break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct.
Despite any precautions, the occurrence of a natural disaster or other
unanticipated problems could result in interruptions in services and reduce our
revenue and profits.
BIG PLANET MAY BE LIABLE FOR INFORMATION DISSEMINATED THROUGH ITS INTERNET
ACCESS SERVICE.
If Big Planet becomes liable for information provided by its users and
carried on its Internet access service, Big Planet could be directly harmed and
may be forced to implement new measures to reduce its exposure to this
liability. The law relating to the liability of online services companies for
information carried on or disseminated through their services is currently
unsettled. Several private lawsuits currently are pending that seek to impose
liability upon other online services companies. In addition, federal, state and
foreign legislation has been proposed that imposes liability or prohibits the
transmission over the Internet of different types of information.
OUR E-COMMERCE STRATEGIES AND BIG PLANET'S OPERATIONS WILL DEPEND ON THE
DEVELOPMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF THE INTERNET INFRASTRUCTURE.
The success of Big Planet's service and our e-commerce strategies will
depend largely on the development and maintenance of the Internet
infrastructure. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with
the necessary speed, data capacity and security, as well as timely development
of complementary products such as high speed modems, for providing reliable
Internet access and services. Because global commerce and the online exchange of
information is new and evolving, we cannot predict whether the Internet will
prove to be a viable commercial marketplace in the long term. The Internet has
experienced, and is likely to continue to experience, significant growth in the
number of users and amount of traffic. If the Internet continues to experience
an increased number of users, increased frequency of use or increased bandwidth
requirements, the Internet infrastructure may be unable to support the demands
placed on it. In addition, the performance of the Internet may be harmed by
increased users or bandwidth requirements.
-26-
<PAGE>
THE HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS B COMMON STOCK CONTROL OVER 90% OF THE COMBINED VOTING
POWER, AND THIRD PARTIES WILL BE UNABLE TO GAIN CONTROL OF OUR COMPANY THROUGH
PURCHASES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK.
The ten original stockholders of our company together with their family
members and affiliates have the ability to control the election of the board of
directors and, as a result, future direction and operations, without the
supporting vote of any other stockholder. These stockholders together with their
family members and affiliates are able to control decisions about business
opportunities, declaring dividends and issuing additional shares of Class A
common stock or other securities. These stockholders own all outstanding shares
of Class B Common Stock, which have ten-to-one voting privileges over shares of
Class A Common Stock. Currently, these stockholders and their affiliates
collectively own shares that represent more than 90% of the combined voting
power of the outstanding shares of both classes of common stock. As long as
these stockholders are majority stockholders, third parties will not be able to
obtain control of our company through open-market purchases of shares of Class A
Common Stock.
PRODUCT LIABILITY CLAIMS EXCEEDING PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE COVERAGE COULD
HARM OUR BUSINESS.
We may be required to pay for losses or injuries caused by our
products. If product liability insurance coverage fails to cover fully future
product liability claims, we could be required to pay substantial monetary
damages, which could harm business. We currently maintain an insurance policy
covering product liability claims with a $1.0 million per claim and $1.0 million
annual aggregate limit and an umbrella policy of $40 million.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE COULD AFFECT THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR CLASS A
COMMON STOCK.
If our stockholders sell a substantial number of shares of Class A
Common Stock in the public market, the market price of our Class A Common Stock
could fall. Several of our principal stockholders hold a large number of shares
of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock that is
convertible into Class A Common Stock. Our original stockholders, who own
approximately 80% of the outstanding shares, have been subject to an agreement
which has limited their ability to sell shares on the open market since our
initial public offering in 1996. These restrictions will end on March 26, 2000,
and these original stockholders will be free to sell their shares on the open
market subject to the volume limitations imposed by Rule 144. A decision by one
or more of these stockholders to sell their shares could lower the market price
of the Class A Common Stock.
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. Certain statements made in this
filing under the caption "Business" are "forward-looking statements" within the
meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"). In addition, when used in this Report the words or phrases
"will likely result," "expects," "intends," "will continue," "is anticipated,"
"estimates," "projects," "management believes," "the Company believes" and
similar expressions are intended to identify "forward-looking statements" within
the meaning of the Exchange Act.
Forward-looking statements include plans and objectives of management
for future operations, including plans and objectives relating to our products
and our future economic performance in each country in which we operate and our
financial results. These forward-looking statements involve risks and
uncertainties and are based on certain assumptions that may not be realized.
Actual results and outcomes may differ materially from those discussed or
anticipated. The forward-looking statements and associated risks set forth
herein relate to, among other things:
* Our efforts to shift to a strategic, product-based divisional
operating structure.
* Our development efforts with respect to new personal care products and
nutritional products through our research and development resources
and capabilities.
-27-
<PAGE>
* Our expectation that we will renew our contract with our primary
supplier and that we could source from other suppliers without great
difficulty or significant increases in costs of goods.
* Our belief that the Pharmanex acquisition has helped position us to
penetrate further the growing nutritional market and that Pharmanex's
research and development activities provide us with a competitive
advantage.
* Our belief that we are able to perform more quality research and
development work due to lower costs.
* Our belief that technology, Internet and telecommunications products
provide a compelling business opportunity and will allow us to reach
new segments of the market.
* Big Planet's efforts to evaluate options for an IPHONE-like device in
Japan and other Internet devices for its markets and its efforts to
establish additional strategic relationships to expand Big Planet's
product offering.
* The planned introduction of Internet services in Japan through the
proposed relationship with Nifty Corporation.
* Upgrading of our technological resources to support distributors,
including using the Internet in distributing products.
* Our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including
obtaining necessary product registrations and approvals.
All forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks
and uncertainties, including those discussed in the above-referenced Risk
Factors, that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical
results and those presently anticipated or projected. We wish to caution you not
to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only
as of the date made. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in
forward-looking statements, the inclusion of any such statement should not be
regarded as a representation by us or any other person that our objectives or
plans will be achieved. We disclaim any obligation or intent to update any such
factors or forward-looking statements to reflect future events or developments.
-28-
<PAGE>
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The Company generally leases its warehouse, office, or distribution
facilities in each geographic region in which the Company currently has
operations. Nu Skin Enterprises believes that its existing and planned
facilities are adequate for its current operations in each of its existing
markets. The following table summarizes, as of March 10, 2000, Nu Skin
Enterprises' major leased office and distribution facilities.
LOCATION FUNCTION APPROXIMATE SQUARE FEET
- -------- -------- -----------------------
Provo, Utah* Distribution center 198,000
Provo, Utah* Corporate offices 125,000
San Francisco, California Pharmanex corporate office 10,783
Redwood City, California Laboratory 4,963
Los Angeles, California Warehouse 30,000
Yokohama, Japan Warehouse 40,000
Tokyo, Japan Call center/distribution center 56,000
Tokyo, Japan Central office/distribution center 28,000
Taipei, Taiwan Central office/distribution center 35,000
Taoyuan, Taiwan Warehouse/distribution center 46,000
Ontario, Canada Office/warehouse 31,000
Venlo, Netherlands Warehouse/offices 20,000
- -----------------
*These facilities are leased from related parties.
In connection with the acquisition of Pharmanex, the Company acquired a
production facility located in Huzhou, Zhejiang Province, China. The design and
construction of this extraction and purification facility was completed in
October 1994 and on-line production began in November 1994.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In February 1999, a federal district judge in Utah ruled that
CHOLESTIN, one of Pharmanex's natural nutritional supplements, could be legally
sold as a nutritional supplement under the Dietary Supplement Health and
Education Act of 1994. The FDA had previously challenged the status of Cholestin
as a dietary supplement, claiming it was a drug and could not be marketed
without FDA approval. The FDA has since appealed to the Tenth Circuit Court of
Appeals seeking to overturn the district court's decision. If the decision is
overturned, the Company will not be able to sell CHOLESTIN in its current form
without FDA approval.
In March 1993, a class action lawsuit entitled NATALIE CAPONE ON BEHALF
OF HERSELF AND ALL OTHERS SIMILARLY SITUATED V. NU SKIN CANADA, INC., NU SKIN
INTERNATIONAL, INC., BLAKE RONEY, ET AL., was filed against Nu Skin
International and affiliated parties in federal district court in Utah alleging
violations of the anti-fraud provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, common law fraud and violations of the Utah
Consumer Sales Practices Act. The plaintiffs in the case also seek injunctive
relief as well as disgorgement of profits and restitution to the plaintiffs of
earnings, profits and other compensation. In June 1997, the court denied NSI's
motion for summary judgment but also denied the plaintiff's motion to certify a
-29-
<PAGE>
similarly situated class of distributors. However, in May 1998 the court granted
the plaintiff's motion to certify a similarly situated class of distributors
based on more limited non-reliance claims under the Securities Act and the Utah
Anti-Pyramid statute. The case has recently been assigned to a new judge and
continues in discovery. The Company intends to continue to vigorously defend
against this action.
In January 2000, a derivative lawsuit captioned KAREN KINDT, ON BEHALF
OF NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC. V. BLAKE RONEY ET.AL was filed in the Court of
Chancery in the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County against the Board
of Directors alleging a breach of fiduciary duty and self-dealing in connection
with the Company's acquisition of Nu Skin International in 1998, and the
termination of the license agreements with Nu Skin USA and the acquisition of
Big Planet in 1999. The Board of Directors has appointed a special litigation
committee to investigate the validity of the complaint.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
There were no matters submitted to a vote of the security holders
during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999.
-30-
<PAGE>
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Item 5 of Form 10-K is incorporated
herein by reference from the information contained in the section captioned
"Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters" in the
Company's 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders, sections of which are attached
hereto as Exhibit 13.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The information required by Item 6 of Form 10-K is incorporated
herein by reference from the information contained in the section captioned
"Selected Financial Data" in the Company's 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders,
sections of which are attached hereto as Exhibit 13.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The information required by Item 7 of Form 10-K is incorporated
herein by reference from the information contained in the section captioned
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" in the Company's 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders, sections of
which are attached hereto as Exhibit 13.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information required by Item 7A of Form 10-K is incorporated
herein by reference from the information contained in the section captioned
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations-Currency Risk and Exchange Rate Information" and Note 16 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company's 1999 Annual Report to
Stockholders, sections of which are attached hereto as Exhibit 13.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The information required by Item 8 of Form 10-K is incorporated
herein by reference to the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related
notes set forth in the Company's 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders, sections of
which are attached hereto as Exhibit 13.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
PART III
The information required by Items 10, 11, 12, and 13 of Part III are hereby
incorporated by reference to the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement filed or
to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than April 29,
2000.
PART IV
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
(a) Documents filed as part of this Form 10-K:
-31-
<PAGE>
1. Financial Statements (pursuant to Part II, Item 8)*
Reports of Independent Accountants. **
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998 and
1999
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1998, and 1999
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1998, and 1999
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1998, and 1999
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
--------------------
*Except as noted below, the foregoing are incorporated by
reference to the Company's 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders,
sections of which are attached hereto as Exhibit 13.
**The report of Grant Thornton LLP is attached hereto as Exhibit
23.2 and incorporated herein by reference.
2. Financial Statement Schedules: Financial statement
schedules have been omitted because they are not
required or are not applicable, or because the
required information is shown in the financial
statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits: The following Exhibits are filed with
this Form 10-K:
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Description
------ -------------------
2.1 Stock Acquisition Agreement between Nu
Skin Asia Pacific, Inc. and each of the
persons on the signature pages thereof,
dated February 27, 1998, incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1997.
2.2 Restated Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization and Merger by and
between the Company, Sage Acquisition
Corporation and Generation Health
Holdings, Inc. dated as of October 16,
1998, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Amendment
No.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K/A
filed April 13, 1999.
2.3 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as
of May 3, 1999 by and among Nu Skin
Enterprises, Inc., NSC Sub, Inc. NSG
Sub, Inc., NSM Sub, Inc., NFB Sub,
Inc., Nu Skin Canada, Inc., Nu Skin
Guatemala, Inc., Nu Skin Guatemala,
S.A., Nu Skin Mexico, Inc., Nu Skin
Mexico, S.A. de C.V., Nu Family
Benefits Insurance Brokerage, Inc. and
certain stockholders, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on June 25, 1999.
-32-
<PAGE>
2.4 Agreement and Plan of Merger and
Reorganization dated May 3, 1999
between and among the Company, Big
Planet Holdings, Inc., Big Planet,
Inc., Nu Skin USA, Inc., Richard W.
King, Kevin V. Doman and Nathan W.
Ricks, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on July 28,
1999.
2.5 First Amendment to Agreement and Plan
of Merger and Reorganization dated July
2, 1999 between and among the Company,
Big Planet Holdings, Inc., Big Planet,
Inc., Maple Hills Investment, Inc.
(formerly Nu Skin USA, Inc.), Richard
W. King, Kevin V. Doman and Nathan W.
Ricks, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.2 to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on July 28,
1999.
3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company
incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.1 to the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (File No.
333-12073) (the "Form S-1").
3.2 Certificate of Amendment to the Amended
and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarterly period ended June 30, 1998.
3.3 Certificate of Designation, Preferences
and Relative Participating, Optional,
and Other Special Rights of Preferred
Stock and Qualification, Limitations
and Restrictions Thereof, incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
3.4 Amended and Restated Bylaws of the
Company incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Form S-1.
4.1 Specimen Form of Stock Certificate for
Class a Common Stock incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Company's Form S-1.
4.2 Specimen Form of Stock Certificate for
Class B Common Stock incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
Company's Form S-1.
10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement to be
entered into by and among the Company
and certain of its officers and
directors incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form S-1.
10.2 Intentionally left blank.
10.3 Employment Contract, dated December 12,
1991, by and between Nu Skin Taiwan and
John Chou incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Form S-1.
10.4 Employment Agreement, dated May 1,
1993, by and between Nu Skin Japan and
Takashi Bamba incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form
S-1.
10.5 Form of Bonus Incentive Plan for
Subsidiary Presidents incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the
Company's Form S-1.
-33-
<PAGE>
10.6 Option Agreement by and between the
Company and M. Truman Hunt incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the
Company's Form S-1.
10.7 Form of Amended and Restated
Stockholders Agreement dated as of
November 28, 1997, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1997.
10.8 Form of Management Services Agreement
by and between NSIMG and each of Nu
Skin USA, Inc. ("Nu Skin USA") and the
other North American Affiliates,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.33 to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.
10.9 Form of Wholesale Distribution
Agreement by and between NSI and each
of Nu Skin USA and the other North
American Affiliates, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.10 Form of Licensing and Sales Agreement
by and between NSI and each of Nu Skin
USA and the other North American
Affiliates, incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1998.
10.11 Form of Trademark\Tradename Licensing
Agreement by and between NSI and each
of Nu Skin USA and the other North
American Affiliates, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.12 Tax Sharing and Indemnification
Agreement dated December 31, 1997, by
and among NSI, Nu Skin USA, and the
shareholders of NSI and Nu Skin USA and
their successors and assigns,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.37 to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.
10.13 Assumption of Liabilities and
Indemnification Agreement dated
December 31, 1997, by and between NSI
and Nu Skin USA, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.14 Employee Benefits Allocation Agreement
by and between NSI and Nu Skin USA,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.39 to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.
10.15 Form of Licensing Agreement between NSI
and Big Planet, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.16 Form of Management Services Agreement
between NSI and Big Planet, incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1998.
-34-
<PAGE>
10.17 Warehouse Lease Agreement dated March
1996, between NSI and Aspen
Investments, Ltd., incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.18 Lease Agreement dated January 27, 1995,
by and between NSI and Scrub Oak, Ltd.,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.43 to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.
10.19 Sublease Agreement dated January 1,
1998, by and between NSI and Nu Skin
USA, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.44 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998.
10.20 Warehouse Lease Agreement (Annex) dated
October 1, 1993, by and between NSI and
Aspen Investments, Ltd., incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.21 Contribution and Distribution Agreement
dated as of December 31, 1997, by and
between NSI an Nu Skin USA incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.22 Form of the Company's Employee
Incentive Bonus Plan, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.23 Amendment in Total and Complete
Restatement of Deferred Compensation
Plan, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.48 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998.
10.24 Form of Deferred Compensation Plan (New
Form), incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.49 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998.
10.25 Amendment in Total and Complete
Restatement of NSI Compensation Trust,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.50 to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.
10.26 Employment Agreement by and between
Pharmanex, Inc. and William McGlashan,
Jr., incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.51 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998.
10.27 Asset Purchase Agreement by and among
the Company, Nu Skin United States,
Inc., and Nu Skin USA, dated as of
March 8, 1999, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
-35-
<PAGE>
10.28 Termination Agreement by and between
NSI and Nu Skin USA, dated as of March
8, 1999, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.53 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998.
10.29 Indemnification Limitation Agreement by
and among the Company, Nu Skin United
States, Inc., NSI, Nu Skin USA, and the
other parties who executed such
agreement, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.54 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998.
10.30 Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated
Stockholders Agreement dated as of
November 28, 1997, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.31 Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated
Stockholders Agreement.
10.32 Note and Pledge Agreement between the
Company and William McGlashan Jr.,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
30, 1999.
10.33 Amended and Restated Employment
Agreement between Pharmanex and William
McGlashan Jr., incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 1999.
10.34 First Amendment to Indemnification
Limitation Agreement dated as of May 3,
1999 between Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.,
Nu Skin USA, Inc., and the Stockholders
of the acquired entities identified
therein, incorporated by reference to
exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on July 28,
1999.
10.35 Credit Agreement dated May 8, 1998 by
and among Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc., Nu
Skin Japan Co. Ltd., the Lenders named
therein and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as
agent for the Lenders, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the period ended June 30, 1998.
10.36 Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement
dated June 30, 1998, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1999.
10.37 Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement
dated February 22, 1999, incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1999.
10.38 Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement
dated May 10, 1999, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1999.
-36-
<PAGE>
10.39 Second Amended and Restated Nu Skin
Enterprises, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive
Plan (corrected version).
10.40 Mutual Release of Claims and
Modification Agreement dated as of
October 16, 1999 by and among Nu Skin
Enterprises and the Stockholder
Representatives on behalf of the former
stockholders of Generations Health
Holdings, Inc., incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30,
1999.
10.41 Services Agreement between Grant F.
Pace and the Company.
10.42 Base Form of Stock Option Agreement.
10.43 Consulting Agreement by and between Max
L. Pinegar and Nu Skin International,
Inc.
10.44 Assignment of Leasehold Improvements by
and between Big Planet, Inc. and Maple
Hills Investment dated as of July 13,
1999.
13 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders (Only
items incorporated by reference).
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2 Consent and Report of Grant Thornton
LLP.
27. Financial Data Schedule.
(b) The Company did not file any current reports on
Form 8-K during the fourth quarter.
-37-
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 23, 2000.
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.
By: /s/ Steven J. Lund
Steven J. Lund, President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 23, 2000.
SIGNATURE CAPACITY IN WHICH SIGNED
- --------- ------------------------
/s/ Blake M. Roney
Blake M. Roney Chairman of the Board
/s/ Steven J. Lund President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
Steven J. Lund (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Corey B. Lindley Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Corey B. Lindley Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Accounting
Officer)
/s/ Sandra N. Tillotson
Sandra N. Tillotson Senior Vice President, Director
/s/ Keith R. Halls
Keith R. Halls Senior Vice President, Director
/s/ Brooke B. Roney
Brooke B. Roney Senior Vice President, Director
/s/ Daniel W. Campbell
Daniel W. Campbell Director
/s/ E. J. "Jake" Garn
E. J. "Jake" Garn Director
/s/ Paula Hawkins
Paula Hawkins Director
/s/ Andrew D. Lipman
Andrew D. Lipman Director
/s/ Max L. Pinegar
Max L. Pinegar Senior Vice President, Director
-38-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Description
- ------- -------------------
2.1 Stock Acquisition Agreement between Nu Skin Asia Pacific, Inc.
and each of the persons on the signature pages thereof, dated
February 27, 1998, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1997.
2.2 Restated Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger by and
between the Company, Sage Acquisition Corporation and Generation
Health Holdings, Inc. dated as of October 16, 1998, incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Amendment No.1 to
Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 13, 1999.
2.3 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 3, 1999 by and among
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc., NSC Sub, Inc. NSG Sub, Inc., NSM Sub,
Inc., NFB Sub, Inc., Nu Skin Canada, Inc., Nu Skin Guatemala,
Inc., Nu Skin Guatemala, S.A., Nu Skin Mexico, Inc., Nu Skin
Mexico, S.A. de C.V., Nu Family Benefits Insurance Brokerage,
Inc. and certain stockholders, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
June 25, 1999.
2.4 Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated May 3, 1999
between and among the Company, Big Planet Holdings, Inc., Big
Planet, Inc., Nu Skin USA, Inc., Richard W. King, Kevin V. Doman
and Nathan W. Ricks, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 28, 1999.
2.5 First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger and
Reorganization dated July 2, 1999 between and among the Company,
Big Planet Holdings, Inc., Big Planet, Inc., Maple Hills
Investment, Inc. (formerly Nu Skin USA, Inc.), Richard W. King,
Kevin V. Doman and Nathan W. Ricks, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
July 28, 1999.
3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-12073) (the
"Form S-1").
3.2 Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period
ended June 30, 1998.
3.3 Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Relative
Participating, Optional, and Other Special Rights of Preferred
Stock and Qualification, Limitations and Restrictions Thereof,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
3.4 Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Form S-1.
4.1 Specimen Form of Stock Certificate for Class a Common Stock
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form
S-1.
4.2 Specimen Form of Stock Certificate for Class B Common Stock
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
Company's Form S-1.
-39-
<PAGE>
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Description
- ------- -------------------
10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by and among
the Company and certain of its officers and directors
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form
S-1. Exhibit Number Exhibit Description
10.2 Intentionally left blank.
10.3 Employment Contract, dated December 12, 1991, by and between Nu
Skin Taiwan and John Chou incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to the Company's Form S-1.
10.4 Employment Agreement, dated May 1, 1993, by and between Nu Skin
Japan and Takashi Bamba incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4
to the Company's Form S-1.
10.5 Form of Bonus Incentive Plan for Subsidiary Presidents
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's Form
S-1.
10.6 Option Agreement by and between the Company and M. Truman Hunt
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's Form
S-1.
10.7 Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of
November 28, 1997, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1997.
10.8 Form of Management Services Agreement by and between NSIMG and
each of Nu Skin USA, Inc. ("Nu Skin USA") and the other North
American Affiliates, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33
to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998.
10.9 Form of Wholesale Distribution Agreement by and between NSI and
each of Nu Skin USA and the other North American Affiliates,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.10 Form of Licensing and Sales Agreement by and between NSI and
each of Nu Skin USA and the other North American Affiliates,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.11 Form of Trademark\Tradename Licensing Agreement by and between
NSI and each of Nu Skin USA and the other North American
Affiliates, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.
10.12 Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreement dated December 31,
1997, by and among NSI, Nu Skin USA, and the shareholders of NSI
and Nu Skin USA and their successors and assigns, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.13 Assumption of Liabilities and Indemnification Agreement dated
December 31, 1997, by and between NSI and Nu Skin USA,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.14 Employee Benefits Allocation Agreement by and between NSI and Nu
Skin USA, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.
-40-
<PAGE>
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Description
- ------- -------------------
10.15 Form of Licensing Agreement between NSI and Big Planet,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.16 Form of Management Services Agreement between NSI and Big
Planet, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.
10.17 Warehouse Lease Agreement dated March 1996, between NSI and
Aspen Investments, Ltd., incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.42 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1998.
10.18 Lease Agreement dated January 27, 1995, by and between NSI and
Scrub Oak, Ltd., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998.
10.19 Sublease Agreement dated January 1, 1998, by and between NSI and
Nu Skin USA, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.
10.20 Warehouse Lease Agreement (Annex) dated October 1, 1993, by and
between NSI and Aspen Investments, Ltd., incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.21 Contribution and Distribution Agreement dated as of December 31,
1997, by and between NSI an Nu Skin USA incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.46 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.22 Form of the Company's Employee Incentive Bonus Plan,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.23 Amendment in Total and Complete Restatement of Deferred
Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998.
10.24 Form of Deferred Compensation Plan (New Form), incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.25 Amendment in Total and Complete Restatement of NSI Compensation
Trust, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.
10.26 Employment Agreement by and between Pharmanex, Inc. and William
McGlashan, Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.
10.27 Asset Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, Nu Skin
United States, Inc., and Nu Skin USA, dated as of March 8, 1999,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.28 Termination Agreement by and between NSI and Nu Skin USA, dated
as of March 8, 1999, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53
to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998.
-41-
<PAGE>
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Description
- ------- -------------------
10.29 Indemnification Limitation Agreement by and among the Company,
Nu Skin United States, Inc., NSI, Nu Skin USA, and the other
parties who executed such agreement, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.54 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1998.
10.30 Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
dated as of November 28, 1997, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.55 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1998.
10.31 Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement.
10.32 Note and Pledge Agreement by and between the Company and William
McGlashan Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 1999.
10.33 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Pharmanex and
William McGlashan Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 1999.
10.34 First Amendment to Indemnification Limitation Agreement dated as
of May 3, 1999 between Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc., Nu Skin USA,
Inc., and the Stockholders of the acquired entities identified
therein, incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 28, 1999.
10.35 Credit Agreement dated May 8, 1998 by and among Nu Skin
Enterprises, Inc., Nu Skin Japan Co. Ltd., the Lenders named
therein and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as agent for the Lenders,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1998.
10.36 Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated June 30, 1998,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
1999.
10.37 Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated February 22, 1999,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
1999.
10.38 Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement dated May 10, 1999,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
1999.
10.39 Second Amended and Restated Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 1996 Stock
Incentive Plan (corrected version).
10.40 Mutual Release of Claims and Modification Agreement dated as of
October 16, 1999 by and among Nu Skin Enterprises and the
Stockholder Representatives on behalf of the former stockholders
of Generations Health Holdings, Inc., incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended September 30, 1999.
-42-
<PAGE>
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Description
- ------- -------------------
10.41 Services Agreement between the Company and Grant F. Pace.
10.42 Base Form of Stock Option Agreement.
10.43 Consulting Agreement between Max L. Pinegar and Nu Skin
International, Inc.
10.44 Assignment of Leasehold Improvements by and between Big Planet,
Inc. and Maple Hills Investment, Inc. dated as of July 13, 1999.
13 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders (Only items incorporated by
reference).
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2 Consent and Report of Grant Thornton LLP.
27. Financial Data Schedule.
-43-
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
This Amendment No.2 to the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
(this "AMENDMENT") is entered into as of May 13, 1999 by and among the
Stockholders who have executed the signature pages of this Amendment and Nu Skin
Enterprises, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of
Delaware (the "COMPANY"). This Amendment shall be binding upon each person who
executes this Amendment notwithstanding the fact that any other Stockholders
fail or refuse to execute this Amendment. The capitalized terms used in this
Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such
terms in the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated November 28,
1997, as previously amended by Amendment No. 1 to such agreement (hereinafter
the "AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT").
RECITALS
A. WHEREAS, the Company is proposing to undertake the registration of
shares for resale by the Stockholders and the former stockholders of Pharmanex,
Inc. pursuant to an underwritten public offering (the "PROPOSED PUBLIC
OFFERING"); and
B. WHEREAS, the Company is willing to continue to proceed with the Proposed
Public Offering only if the Stockholders agree to extend certain resale
restrictions set forth in the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements
set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto irrevocably
agree as follows:
1. Section 2.2 Lock-up Agreement is hereby amended to lengthen the lock-up
period for all Stockholders other than the trusts identified on Schedule B.
Accordingly Section 2.2 is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
"2.2 Lock-up Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Agreement to the contrary, except for Transfers pursuant to Sections 3 and
5, from and after the date hereof each Stockholder (other than the trusts
identified on Schedule B) will not, without the prior written consent of
the Company, jointly or individually, Transfer, offer, make any short sale
of, contract to sell, lend, grant any option for the purchase of, or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares owned of record or
beneficially by such Stockholder until June 30, 2000 (the "INITIAL LOCK-UP
PERIOD"); provided, however, that the Initial Lock-up Period shall be
further extended until up to December 31, 2000 (the "EXTENDED LOCK-UP
PERIOD") with respect to any Stockholder who, together with any of such
Stockholder's Stockholder Controlled Entities, receives additional gross
proceeds (the "ADDITIONAL SALE PROCEEDS") from the sale of shares in one or
any combination of public offerings (excluding the sale of up to 9 million
shares in the Proposed Public Offering, but including any shares in excess
of 9 million shares sold in the Proposed Public Offering), private
placements, or any Company share repurchases (with each Stockholder
eligible to participate in any private placements or share repurchases at a
level at least equal to that Stockholder's
<PAGE>
percentage equity ownership interest in the Company immediately preceding
the Company's initial public offering). The extent of the Extended Lock-up
Period shall be determined by multiplying six months by a fraction (the
"EXTENDED LOCK-UP FRACTION"). The numerator of the Extended Lock- up
Fraction shall be equal to the actual Additional Sale Proceeds received by
the Stockholder divided by $120 million. The denominator of the Extended
Lock-up Fraction shall be equal to the Stockholder's percentage ownership
interest in the Company immediately preceding the Company's initial public
offering. For example, if a Stockholder received Additional Sale Proceeds
of $5 million, and that Stockholder's percentage ownership interest prior
to the initial public offering were 5%, then the Extended Lock-up Period
would run for 5 months, calculated as follows:
$5 million/$120 million
-----------------------
6 months x .05 = 5 months
If any Stockholder elects not to participate in a liquidity event that
generates Additional Sale Proceeds, then the lock-up period for that
Stockholder shall expire on June 30, 2000. In the event Additional Sale
Proceeds exceed $120 million, then the Extended Lock-up Period shall be
subject to an additional negotiated extension."
2. Section 2.3 Post Lock-up Selling Restrictions is hereby amended as
follows:
(a) Section 2.3 is hereby amended to provide that the Restricted
Resale Period for each Stockholder (other than the trusts identified on Schedule
B to the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement) shall expire one year from
the expiration of the Extended Lock-up Period with respect to that Stockholder
and that the Restricted Resale Period for the trusts identified on Schedule B
would expire on the earlier of December 31, 2001 or the date the Restricted
Resale Period ends for any other Stockholder. Accordingly, the first sentence of
Section 2.3 is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
"2.3 Post Lock-up Selling Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided
herein, for a one year period following the expiration of the Initial
Lock-up Period or the Extended Lock-up Period, whichever is the last to
expire as it applies to each Stockholder (the "Restricted Resale Period"),
all sales of Shares in a public resale pursuant to Section 4(1) of the
Securities Act or Rule 144 promulgated thereunder or pursuant to any other
exempt transaction under the Securities Act, shall not exceed in any
calendar quarter the Stockholder's specified Rule 144 Allotment (as defined
below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Restricted Resale Period for the
trusts identified on Schedule B would run from March 26, 1999 through the
earlier to occur of (a) December 31, 2001, and (b) the date the Restricted
Resale Period expires for any other stockholder."
(b) The Stockholders agree that the provisions of subparagraphs 2.3.1
through 2.3.6 apply to all public resales whether effected pursuant to Rule 144,
Section 4(1) of the Securities Act or any other available exemption.
(c) Section 2.3.7 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as set
forth below to clarify the terms of such subparagraph:
"2.3.7. Following the expiration of the Restricted Resale Period, each
Stockholder agrees not to sell in public resales more shares in any
calendar quarter than the greater of (a) one percent of the outstanding
shares of Class A Common Stock as shown by the most recent report or
statement published by the Company, and (b) the average reported weekly
volume of trading in the Class A Common Stock determined in accordance with
the provisions of Rule 144(e)."
-2-
<PAGE>
(d) All other terms and conditions of the first paragraph of Section
2.3 of the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement and its subparagraphs
(2.3.1 through 2.3.7) shall remain in full force and effect.
3. Effect of Amendment. This Amendment amends the Amended and Restated
Stockholders Agreement only to the extent expressly provided herein. Pursuant to
Section 12.5 of the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, this Amendment
shall be binding upon each of the Stockholders who elects to execute this
Amendment even if one or more of the Stockholders fail or refuse to execute this
Amendment. To the extent provisions of the Amended and Restated Stockholders
Agreement are not expressly modified or amended by this Agreement, such
unamended provisions shall continue in full force and effect and shall be
construed together with the amendments set forth herein as the entire agreement
of the parties hereto. The Amendment shall not apply to any Stockholder who does
not execute this Amendment, but such Stockholder shall remain subject to and
obligated under the terms of the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement,
without giving effect to this Amendment, and this Amendment shall in no way be
interpreted as limiting the obligations or restrictions in the Amended and
Restated Stockholders Agreement with respect to any Stockholder who does not
execute this Amendment Agreement. In the event a Proposed Public Offering is not
completed by November 1, 1999, or if prior to such date the Company provides
written notice to the Stockholders that it has elected not to proceed with the
Proposed Public Offering, then the amendments set forth in Sections 1 and 2
hereof shall expire and no longer be of any force or effect from November 1,
1999 (if a secondary offering has not been completed by such date) or the date
of such written notice (in the event the Company provides written notice it has
elected not to proceed with such offering).
4. Liquidity Events. In consideration of the redemption of 20,000 shares of
Class A Common Stock by the Company from each of Kirk Roney and Rick Roney at a
purchase price of $16.00 per share, each of Kirk Roney and Rick Roney agree to
execute and be bound by the terms of the Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated
Stockholders Agreement. Upon execution of such amendment, each of Kirk Roney and
Rick Roney shall have the same right to participate in any private or public
liquidity events as the other Stockholders. Each Stockholder hereby agrees that
the right to participate in liquidity events shall be subject to the following
terms.
4.1 The 9 million shares allocated to the Stockholders party to the
Amended and Restated Stockholder Agreement in the Proposed Public Offering shall
be allocated among the Stockholders, together with their respective Stockholder
Controlled Entities, in accordance with the percentages set forth on Schedule A
to the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, including any additional
shares that may be allocated as a result of the Pharmanex stockholders not
selling their entire allotment, or as a result of the exercise of the
over-allotment option by the underwriters. In the event a Stockholder, together
with his or her respective Stockholder Controlled Entities, agrees at the
request of the underwriters to sell less than his or her applicable percentage
as set forth in Schedule A of the 9 million shares, he or she shall have the
right to receive a larger and priority allocation of any additional shares in
order to bring his or her percentage of the total shares allocated to him or her
up to the percentage set forth in Schedule A to the Amended and Restated
Stockholders Agreement.
4.2 Subject to agreeing to any terms and conditions the Company may
impose with respect to any such private liquidity event as set forth in Section
4.3 below, a Stockholder, together with his or respective Stockholder Controlled
Entities, shall have the right to participate in any Company sponsored private
placements or share repurchases by the Company at a level at least equal to that
-3-
<PAGE>
Stockholder's percentage equity ownership interest in the Company immediately
preceding the Company's initial public offering.
4.3 The Company may require as a condition to the right to
participate in any future liquidity event, that a Stockholder and his or her
Stockholder Controlled Entities, agree to such terms and conditions as may be
requested by the Company for all Stockholders, including any extensions of the
Extended Lock-up Period and the Restricted Selling Periods; provided, however,
that with respect to any liquidity event that occurs prior to June 30, 2000, the
provisions of Section 2.2 and 2.3, as amended above, shall determine the length
of any extension of the Extended Lock-up Period and Restricted Resale Period
unless the Additional Sales Proceeds are in excess of $120 million, in which
event the Company may negotiate a further extension of such selling
restrictions.
5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by facsimile and by any
number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all
of which together shall constitute one agreement. Each counterpart may consist
of a number of copies each signed by less than all, but together signed by all
of the Parties hereto.
-4-
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been signed by duly authorized
signatories of the Parties hereto and is binding upon the Parties hereto as of
the date first above written.
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.,
a Delaware Corporation
By: /s/
__________________________________________
Its: __________________________________________
/s/Blake M. Roney
Blake M. Roney, individually
/s/Nancy L. Roney
Nancy L. Roney, individually
THE ALL R'S TRUST
By: /s/L. S. McCullough
L. S. McCullough
Its: Trustee
THE B & N RONEY TRUST
By: /s/ L. S. McCullough
Its: Trustee
THE WFA TRUST
By: /s/ L. S. McCullough
Its: Trustee
S-1
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
BNASIA, LTD.
By: /s/ Blake M. Roney
Blake M. Roney
Its: General Partner
By: /s/ Nancy L. Roney
Nancy L. Roney
Its: General Partner
THE BLAKE M. AND NANCY L. RONEY
FOUNDATION
By: /s/ Blake M. Roney
Blake M. Roney
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Nancy L. Roney
Nancy L. Roney
Its: Trustee
THE ONE FOUNDATION
By: /s/ Blake M. Roney
Blake M. Roney
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Nancy L. Roney
Nancy L. Roney
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Keith R. Halls
Keith R. Halls
Its: Trustee
S-2
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
B & N RHINO COMPANY, L.C.
By: /s/ Craig F. McCullough
Craig F. McCullough
Its: Manager
By: /s/ Nedra D. Roney
Nedra D. Roney, individually
By: /s/ Rick A. Roney
Rick A. Roney, individually
By: /s/ Burke F. Roney
Burke F. Roney, individually
By: /s/ Park R. Roney
Park R. Roney, individually
THE MAR TRUST
By: /s/ Tom D. Branch
Tom D. Branch
Its: Trustee
THE NR TRUST
By: /s/ Tom D. Branch
Tom D. Branch
Its: Trustee
S-3
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
THE ROSE FOUNDATION
By: /s/ Nedra D. Roney
Nedra D. Roney
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Tom D. Branch
Tom D. Branch
Its: Trustee
THE NEDRA RONEY FIXED CHARITABLE TRUST
By: /s/ Tom D. Branch
Tom D. Branch
Its: Trustee
NR RHINO COMPANY, L.C.
By: /s/ Craig F. McCullough
Craig F. McCullough
Its: Manager
By: /s/ Sandra N. Tillotson
Sandra N. Tillotson, individually
THE SNT TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE DVNM TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
S-4
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
THE CWN TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE DPN TRUST
By: /s/ Craig S. Tillotson
Craig S. Tillotson
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE GNT TRUST
By: /s/ Craig S. Tillotson
Craig S. Tillotson
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE LMB TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
S-5
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
THE SANDRA N. TILLOTSON FOUNDATION
By: /s/ Sandra N. Tillotson
Sandra N. Tillotson
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE SANDRA N. TILLOTSON FIXED CHARITABLE TRUST
By: /s/ Sandra N. Tillotson
Sandra N. Tillotson
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ L. S. McCullough
L. S. McCullough
Its: Independent Trustee
SNT RHINO COMPANY, L.C.
By: /s/ Craig S. Tillotson
Craig S. Tillotson
Its: Manager
/s/ Steven J. Lund
Steven J. Lund, individually
/s/ Kalleen Lund
Kalleen Lund, individually
SKASIA, LTD.
By: /s/ Steven J. Lund
Steven J. Lund
Its: General Partner
S-6
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
By: /s/ Kalleen Lund
Kalleen Lund
Its: General Partner
THE S AND K LUND TRUST
By: /s/ Blake M. Roney
Blake M. Roney
Its: Trustee
THE STEVEN J. AND KALLEEN LUND
FOUNDATION
By: /s/ Steven J. Lund
Steven J. Lund
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Kalleen Lund
Kalleen Lund
Its: Trustee
THE STEVEN AND KALLEEN LUND FIXED
CHARITABLE TRUST
By: /s/Steven J. Lund
Steven J. Lund
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Kalleen Lund
Kalleen Lund
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ L. S. McCullough
L. S. McCullough
Its: Independent Trustee
S & K RHINO COMPANY, L.C.
By: /s/ Craig F. McCullough
Craig F. McCullough
Its: Manager
S-7
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
/s/ Brooke B. Roney
Brooke B. Roney, individually
/s/ Denice R. Roney
Denice R. Roney, individually
BDASIA, LTD.
By: /s/ Brooke B. Roney
Brooke B. Roney
Its: General Partner
By: /s/ Denice R. Roney
Denice R. Roney
Its: General Partner
THE B AND D RONEY TRUST
By: /s/ Blake M. Roney
Blake M. Roney
Its: Trustee
THE BROOKE BRENNAN AND DENICE RENEE
RONEY FOUNDATION
By: /s/ Brooke B. Roney
Brooke B. Roney
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Denice R. Roney
Denice R. Roney
Its: Trustee
/s/ Kirk V. Roney
Kirk V. Roney, individually
S-8
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
/s/ Melanie K. Roney
Melanie K. Roney, individually
KMASIA, LTD.
By: /s/ Kirk V. Roney
Kirk V. Roney
Its: General Partner
By: /s/ Melanie K. Roney
Melanie K. Roney
Its: General Partner
THE K AND M RONEY TRUST
By: /s/ Rick A. Roney
Rick A. Roney
Its: Trustee
THE KIRK V. AND MELANIE K. RONEY
FOUNDATION
By: /s/ Kirk V. Roney
Kirk V. Roney
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Melanie K. Roney
Melanie K. Roney
Its: Trustee
THE KIRK AND MELANIE RONEY FIXED
CHARITABLE TRUST
By: /s/ Kirk V. Roney
Kirk V. Roney
Its: Trustee
S-9
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
By: /s/ Melanie K. Roney
Melanie K. Roney
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ L. S. McCullough
L. S. McCullough
Its: Trustee
K & M RHINO COMPANY, L.C.
By: /s/ Craig F. McCullough
Craig F. McCullough
Its: Manager
/s/ Keith R. Halls
Keith R. Halls, individually
/s/ Anna Lisa Massaro Halls
Anna Lisa Massaro Halls, individually
KAASIA, LTD.
By: /s/ Keith R. Halls
Keith R. Halls
Its: General Partner
By: /s/ Anna Lisa Halls
Anna Lisa Halls
Its: General Partner
THE K AND A HALLS TRUST
By: /s/ Michael Lee Halls
Michael Lee Halls
Its: Trustee
S-10
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
By: /s/ Dennis Morgan
Dennis Morgan
Its: Trustee
THE HALLS FAMILY TRUST
By: /s/ Micahel Lee Halls
Michael Lee Halls
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Dennis Morgan
Dennis Morgan
Its: Trustee
THE KEITH AND ANNA LISA HALLS FIXED
CHARITABLE TRUST
By: /s/ Keith R. Halls
Keith R. Halls
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Anna Lisa Halls
Anna Lisa Halls
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ L. S. McCullough
L. S. McCullough
Its: Independent Trustee
THE KEITH RAY AND ANNA LISA MASSARO
HALLS FOUNDATION
By: /s/ Keith R. Halls
Keith R. Halls
Its: Trustee
S-11
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
By: /s/ Anna Lisa Halls
Anna Lisa Halls
Its: Trustee
K & A RHINO COMPANY, L.C.
By: /s/ Craig F. McCullough
Craig F. McCullough
Its: Manager
/s/ Craig S. Tillotson
Craig S. Tillotson, individually
THE CST TRUST
By: /s/ Robert L. Stayner
Robert L. Stayner
Its: Trustee
THE JS TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE JT TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE CB TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
S-12
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
THE CM TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE BCT TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE ST TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE NJR TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE RLS TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE RBZ TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
S-13
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
THE LB TRUST
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE CRAIG S. TILLOTSON FOUNDATION
By: /s/ Craig S. Tillotson
Craig S. Tillotson
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Trustee
THE CRAIG S. TILLOTSON FIXED CHARITABLE
TRUST
By: /s/ Craig S. Tillotson
Craig S. Tillotson
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Lee M. Brower
Lee M. Brower
Its: Independent Trustee
CST RHINO COMPANY, L.C.
By: /s/ Sandra N. Tillotson
Sandra N. Tillotson
Its: Manager
/s/ R. Craig Bryson
R. Craig Bryson, individually
/s/ Kathleen D. Bryson
Kathleen D. Bryson, individually
S-14
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
RCKASIA, LTD.
By: /s/ R. Craig Bryson
R. Craig Bryson
Its: General Partner
By: /s/ Kathleen D. Bryson
Kathleen D. Bryson
Its: General Partner
THE C AND K TRUST
By: /s/ Steven J. Lund
Steven J. Lund
Its: Trustee
THE BRYSON FOUNDATION
By: /s/ R. Craig Bryson
R. Craig Bryson
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Kathleen D. Bryson
Kathleen D. Bryson
Its: Trustee
THE BRYSON FIXED CHARITABLE TRUST
By: /s/ R. Craig Bryson
R. Craig Bryson
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Kathleen D. Bryson
Kathleen D. Bryson
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Robert L. Stayner
Robert L. Stayner
Its: Independent Trustee
S-15
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE PAGE OF AMENDMENT NO.2
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
CKB RHINO COMPANY, L.C.
By: /s/ Keith R. Halls
Keith R. Halls
Its: Manager
THE RICK AND KIMBERLY RONEY VARIABLE
CHARITABLE REMAINDER UNITRUST
By: /s/ James Blaylock
James Blaylock
Its: Trustee
THE RICK AND KIMBERLY RONEY FIXED
CHARITABLE UNITRUST
By: /s/ Rick A. Roney
Rick A. Roney
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ Kimberly Roney
Kimberly Roney
Its: Trustee
By: /s/ L. S. McCullough
L.S. McCullough
Its: Independent Trustee
S-16
SECOND
AMENDED AND RESTATED
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.
1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
1. PURPOSE ........................................................... 1
2. DEFINITIONS ....................................................... 1
3. ADMINISTRATION .................................................... 4
4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN ........................................ 5
5. PARTICIPANTS ...................................................... 5
6. AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN ............................................. 5
7. STOCK OPTIONS ..................................................... 5
8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS ......................................... 8
9. CONTINGENT STOCK AWARDS ...........................................10
10. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS ...........................................11
11. GENERAL RESTRICTIONS ..............................................12
12. RIGHTS OF A SHAREHOLDER ...........................................12
13. RIGHTS TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT ....................................13
14. WITHHOLDING OF TAXES ..............................................13
15. NON-ASSIGNABILITY .................................................13
16. NON-UNIFORM DETERMINATIONS ........................................13
17. ADJUSTMENTS .......................................................13
18. AMENDMENT .........................................................14
19. EFFECT ON OTHER PLAN ..............................................15
20. DURATION OF PLAN ..................................................15
21. FUNDING OF THE PLAN ...............................................15
22. PLAN STATUS .......................................................15
23. GOVERNING LAW .....................................................16
-i-
<PAGE>
SECOND
AMENDED AND RESTATED
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.
1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
1. PURPOSE
1.1 The purpose of the Second Amended and Restated Nu Skin
Enterprises, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to provide
incentives to specified individuals whose performance, contributions and skills
add to the value of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. (the "Company") and its affiliated
companies. The Company also believes that the Plan will facilitate attracting,
retaining and motivating employees, directors and consultants of high caliber
and potential. This Second Amended and Restated Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 1996
Stock Incentive Plan amends and restates the Amended and Restated Nu Skin Asia
Pacific, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan dated December 9, 1996 and includes
amendments previously adopted by the Board of Directors on February 11, 1999.
1.2 Plan participants shall include those officers, directors,
employees and consultants of the Company and subsidiaries who, in the opinion of
the Committee, are making or are in a position to make substantial contributions
to the Company by their ability and efforts.
2. DEFINITIONS
2.1 For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the
following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.
(a) "Award" means a grant of Restricted Stock, Contingent Stock, an
Option, or an SAR.
(b) "Award Agreement" means the agreement approved by the Committee
evidencing an Award to a Grantee.
(c) "Board" means the Company's Board of Directors.
(d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(e) "Committee" means the members of the Board until the Compensation
Committee of the Board is appointed, and after the Compensation
Committee is appointed means the members of the Compensation
Committee of the Board, who are "outside directors" (within the
meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and any regulations or
rulings promulgated thereunder) to the extent required for
purposes of compliance with such
<PAGE>
Code Section, and "disinterested persons" (within the meaning of
Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act), to the extent required for
compliance with such Rule.
(f) "Company" means Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
(g) "Consultant" means any individual who provides services to the
Company as an independent contractor and not as an Employee or
Director.
(h) "Contingent Stock" means stock which will be issued to a Grantee
upon the attainment of certain conditions pursuant to Section 9
hereof.
(i) "Director(s)" means a member or the members of the Board.
(j) "Employee" means any individual who is an employee of the
Company, a Parent or Subsidiary.
(k) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
(l) "Fair Market Value" of a Share means on, or with respect to, any
given date:
(i) If the Shares are listed on a national stock exchange, the
closing market price of such Shares as reported on the
composite tape for issues listed on such exchange on such
date or, if no trade shall have been reported for such date,
on the next preceding date on which there were trades
reported; provided, that if no such quotation shall have
been made within the ten business days preceding such date,
Fair Market Value shall be determined under (iii) below.
(ii) If the Shares are not listed on a national stock exchange
but are traded on the over-the-counter market, the mean
between the closing dealer bid and asked price of such
Shares as reported by the National Association of Securities
Dealers through their Automated Quotation System for such
date, or if no quotations shall have been made on such date,
on the next preceding date on which there were quotations;
provided, that, if such quotations shall have been made
within the ten business days preceding such date, Fair
Market Value shall be determined under (iii) below.
(iii)If (i) and (ii) do not apply, the Fair Market Value of a
Share shall be determined without regard to any control
premium or discount for lack of control (except as otherwise
required by Section 422 of the Code) by the Committee in
good faith consistent with the valuation of the Company as
provided by a third party appraiser for
-2-
<PAGE>
other corporate purposes before adjustments or any discounts
applied due to lack of marketability. The Committee may rely
upon the most recent valuation (if it is based on a date
within 3 months of the valuation date) and there shall be no
requirement to cause a more recent valuation to be made
(except as may be required for purposes of Section 422 of
the Code). If no such valuation exists, the Committee may
engage a third party appraiser to prepare the valuation.
(m) "Grantee" means an Employee, Director of the Company, a Parent or
any Subsidiary or Consultant who has received an Award.
(n) "Incentive Stock Option" shall have the same meaning as given to
the term by Section 422 of the Code and any regulations or
rulings promulgated thereunder.
(o) "Non-qualified Stock Option" means any Option granted pursuant to
Section 7 which when awarded by the Committee was not intended to
be, or does not qualify as, an Incentive Stock Option.
(p) "Option" means the right to purchase from the Company a stated
number of Shares at a specified Option Price. The Option may be
granted to an Employee, Director or Consultant subject to the
terms of this Plan, and such other conditions and restrictions as
the Committee deems appropriate. Each Option shall be designated
by the Committee to be either an Incentive Stock Option or a
Non-qualified Stock Option. Only Employees may be granted
Incentive Stock Options.
(q) "Option Agreement" means the Award Agreement pursuant to which an
Option is granted under Section 7.
(r) "Option Price" means the purchase price per Share under an
Option, as described in Section 7.
(s) "Parent" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an
unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the
time of the granting of an Option, each of the corporations
(other than the Company) owns stock possessing 50% or more of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the
other corporations in such chain within the meaning of Section
424(e) of the Code and any regulations or rulings promulgated
thereunder.
-3-
<PAGE>
(t) "Plan" means Amended and Restated Nu Skin Asia Pacific, Inc. 1996
Stock Incentive Plan, as evidenced herein and as amended from
time to time.
(u) "Restricted Stock" means Shares issued, subject to restrictions,
to a Grantee pursuant to Section 10.
(v) "SAR" means a stock appreciation right which provides a Grantee a
potential right to a payment based on the appreciation in the
fair market value of a Share granted pursuant to Section 8.
(w) "SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
(x) "Section 16 Person" means a person who is an "insider" within the
meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to
transactions involving equity securities of the Company,
including the Shares.
(y) "Share" means one share of the Company's Class A common stock,
$.001 par value.
(z) "Subsidiary" means any corporation in an unbroken chain of
corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the
granting of the Option, each of the corporations (other than the
last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50%
or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock in one of the other corporations in such chain, within the
meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code and any regulations or
rulings promulgated thereunder.
3.ADMINISTRATION
3.1 The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee
shall have full and final authority in its discretion to:
(a) conclusively interpret the provisions of the Plan and to decide
all questions of fact arising in its application;
(b) determine the individuals to whom Awards shall be made under the
Plan;
(c) determine the type of Award to be made to such individuals and
the amount, size and terms of each Award;
(d) determine the time when Awards will be granted to such
individuals; and
-4-
<PAGE>
(e) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the
administration of the Plan.
4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
4.1 The Shares subject to Awards under the Plan shall not exceed in the
aggregate 8,000,000 Shares.
4.2 Shares may be authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares.
4.3 Except as provided herein, any Shares subject to an Award, which Award
for any reason expires or is terminated unexercised as to such Shares
shall again be available under the Plan.
5. PARTICIPANTS
5.1 Awards permitted pursuant to this Plan which are Incentive Stock
Options may only be made to Employees (including Directors who are
also Employees). All other Awards permitted pursuant to the Plan may
only be made to Employees, Directors or Consultants.
6. AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN
6.1 Awards under the Plan may be in the form of Options (both
Non-qualified Stock Options and Incentive Stock Options), Contingent
Stock, Restricted Stock, and SARs and any combination of the above.
6.2 The maximum number of Awards that may be awarded to any one Employee,
Director or Consultant during the life of the Plan shall be 10% of the
total Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.
7. STOCK OPTIONS
7.1 The Committee in its sole discretion shall designate whether an Option
is to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option.
The Committee may grant both Incentive Stock Options and Non-qualified
Stock Options to the same individual. However, where both an Incentive
Stock Option and a Non-qualified Stock Option are awarded at one time,
such Options shall be deemed to have been awarded in separate grants,
shall be clearly identified, and in no event will the exercise of one
such Option affect the right to exercise the other such Option except
to the extent so provided in the Award Agreement as determined by the
Committee.
7.2 Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be authorized by the
Committee under terms and conditions approved by the Committee, not
inconsistent with this Plan or Exchange Act Rule 16b-3(c), and shall
be evidenced by Option Agreements in such form as the Committee shall
-5-
<PAGE>
from time to time approve, which Option Agreements shall contain or
shall be subject to the following terms and conditions, whether or not
such terms and conditions are specifically included therein:
(a) The Option Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less
than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the day the
Option is granted, as determined by the Committee. The Option
Price of a Non-qualified Stock Option shall be such price as
determined by the Committee in its discretion, which price may be
more or less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the day the
Option is granted. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding
sentence, the Award Agreement for a Non-qualified Stock Option at
the Committee's sole discretion, may, but need not, provide for a
reduction of the Option Price by dividends paid on a Share during
the period the Option is outstanding and unexercised, but in no
event shall the Option Price be less than the par value of such
Share.
(b) Each Option Agreement shall state the period or periods of time,
as determined by the Committee, within which the Option may be
exercised by the Grantee, in whole or in part, provided such
period shall not commence earlier than six months after the date
of the grant of the Option and not later than ten years after the
date of the grant of the Option. The Committee shall have the
power to permit in its discretion an acceleration of previously
determined exercise terms, subject to the terms of this Plan, to
the extent permitted by Exchange Act Rule 16b-3(c), and under
such circumstances and upon such terms and conditions as deemed
appropriate and which are not inconsistent with Exchange Act Rule
16b-3(c)(1).
(c) An Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, by giving
written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number
of Shares to be purchased. Shares purchased upon exercise of an
Option shall be paid for in full at the time of purchase in the
form of cash unless the Committee has adopted rules authorizing a
different method of exercise as set forth below that have not
been rescinded and that apply to the Options being exercised. The
Committee shall have the authority, as it may determine to be
appropriate from time to time, to adopt rules governing the
exercise of Options that may provide for payment to be made (i)
in Shares already owned by the Grantee having a Fair Market Value
equal to the purchase price, (ii) by delivery (on a form
prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a
securities broker approved by the Committee to sell Shares and to
deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in
payment of all or part of the purchase price and any withholding
taxes, (iii) by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the
Committee) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a
securities broker or lender
-6-
<PAGE>
approved by the Committee as security for a loan and to deliver
all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of all
or part of the purchase price and any withholding taxes, or (iv)
such other method or form of consideration as may be determined
to be appropriate by the Committee consistent with applicable
laws, rules and regulations, including a true cashless or net
exercise procedure. The adoption of such rules by the Committee
shall not provide any Grantee with any vested right to exercise
Options pursuant to the methods or form of consideration set
forth in such rules. The Committee may rescind any rule governing
the exercise of Options at any time, and upon such rescission, no
Grantee shall have any further rights to exercise Options
pursuant to the methods or form of consideration set forth in
such rule. In addition, the Committee shall have the right to
provide in any rule adopted pursuant hereto that (i) such rule
shall only apply to designated Options or grants of Options, (ii)
such rule shall apply to all Options generally, or (iii) prior
Committee approval, which may be granted or withheld in its sole
discretion, shall be required with respect to such exercise
method or form of consideration. The Committee shall have no
obligation to make the rules applicable to all Grantees or to all
Options. The Committee shall have no obligation to adopt rules
providing for any of the above methods of exercise or forms of
consideration.
(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the aggregate
Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is
granted) of Incentive Stock Options for any Employee which may
become first exercisable in any calendar year shall not exceed
$100,000.
(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Incentive
Stock Option shall be granted to any individual if, at the time
the Option is to be granted, the individual owns stock possessing
more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes
of stock of the Company unless at the time such Option is granted
the Option Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the
stock subject to the Option and such Option by its terms is not
exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such
Option is granted.
(f) Each Option Agreement for an Incentive Stock Option shall contain
such other terms, conditions and provisions as the Committee may
determine to be necessary or desirable in order to qualify such
Option as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section
422 of the Code, or any amendment thereof, substitute therefor,
or regulation thereunder. Subject to the limitations of Section
18, and without limiting any provisions hereof,
-7-
<PAGE>
the Committee shall have the power without further approval to
amend the terms of any Option for Grantees.
7.3 If any Option is not granted, exercised, or held pursuant to the
provisions of the Plan or Section 422 of the Code applicable to an Incentive
Stock Option, it will be considered to be a Non-qualified Stock Option to the
extent that any or all of the grant is in conflict with such provisions.
7.4 An Option may be terminated (subject to any shorter periods set
forth in an individual Option Agreement by the Committee, in its sole
discretion) as follows:
(a) During the period of continuous employment or service as a
Consultant with the Company or Subsidiary, an Option will be
terminated only if it has been fully exercised or it has expired
by its terms.
(b) In the event of termination of employment as an Employee or
service as a Director or Consultant for any reason, the Option
will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the full exercise of the
Option, (ii) the expiration of the Option by its terms, or (iii)
except as provided in Section 7.4(c), no more than one year
(three months for Incentive Stock Options) following the date of
employment termination (or termination of service as a Director
or Consultant) for Non-qualified Stock Options. For purposes of
the Plan, a leave of absence approved by the Company shall not be
deemed to be termination of employment except with respect to an
Incentive Stock Option as required to comply with Section 422 of
the Code and the regulations issued thereunder.
(c) If a Grantee's employment as an Employee, or service as a
Director or Consultant, terminates by reason of death or
disability prior to the termination of an Option, such Option may
be exercised to the extent that the Grantee shall have been
entitled to exercise it at the time of death or disability, as
the case may be, by the Grantee, the estate of the Grantee or the
person or persons to whom the Option may have been transferred by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution for the period
set forth in the Option Agreement, but no more than three years
following the date of such death or disability, provided,
however, with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, such right
must be exercised, if at all, within one year after the date of
such death or disability.
8 STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
8.1 SARs shall be evidenced by Award Agreements for SARs in such form,
and not inconsistent with this Plan or Exchange Act Rule 16b-3(c)(1), as the
Committee shall approve from
<PAGE>
-8-
time to time, which Award Agreements shall contain in substance the following
terms and conditions as discussed in Sections 8.2 through 8.4.
8.2 An SAR may be, but is not required to be, granted in connection
with an Option. An SAR shall entitle the Grantee, subject to such terms and
conditions determined by the Committee, to receive, upon surrender of the SAR,
all or a portion of the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a specified
number of Shares at the time of the surrender, as determined by the Committee,
over (ii) 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares at the time the SAR was
granted less any dividends paid on such Shares while the SAR was outstanding but
unexercised.
8.3 SARs shall be granted for a period of not less than one year nor
more than ten years, and shall be exercisable in whole or in part, at such time
or times and subject to such other terms and conditions as shall be prescribed
by the Committee at the time of grant, subject to the following:
(a) No SAR shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during the one
year period starting with the date of grant; and
(b) SARs will be exercisable only during a Grantee's employment by,
or service as a Consultant for, the Company or a Subsidiary,
except that in the discretion of the Committee an SAR may be made
exercisable for up to three months after the Grantee's
employment, or service as a Director or Consultant, is terminated
for any reason other than death, retirement or disability. In the
event that a Grantee's employment as an Employee, or service as a
Director or Consultant, is terminated as a result of death,
retirement or disability without having fully exercised such
Grantee's SARs, the Grantee or such Grantee's beneficiary may
have the right to exercise the SARs during their term within a
period of 6 months after the date of such termination to the
extent that the right was exercisable at the date of such
termination, or during such other period and subject to such
terms as may be determined by the Committee. Subject to the
limitations of Section 18, the Committee in its sole discretion
may reserve the right to accelerate previously determined
exercised terms, within the terms of the Plan, under such
circumstances and upon such terms and conditions as it deems
appropriate.
(c) The Committee shall establish such additional terms and
conditions, without limiting the foregoing, as it determines to
be necessary or desirable to avoid "short-swing" trading
liability in connection with an SAR within the meaning of Section
16(b) of the Exchange Act.
(d) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may establish different
time periods than specified above for any individual or group of
individual Awards.
-9-
<PAGE>
8.4 Upon exercise of an SAR, payment shall be made within ninety days
in the form of common stock of the Company (at Fair Market Value on the date of
exercise), cash, or a combination thereof, as the Committee may determine.
9. CONTINGENT STOCK AWARDS
9.1 Contingent Stock Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award
Agreements for Contingent Stock in such form and not inconsistent with this Plan
as the Committee shall approve from time to time, which Award Agreements shall
contain in substance the terms and conditions described in Sections 9.2 through
9.5.
9.2 The Committee shall determine the number of Shares subject to a
Contingent Stock Award to be granted to an Employee, Director or Consultant
based on the past or expected impact the Employee, Director or Consultant has
had or can have on the financial well-being of the Company and other factors
deemed by the Committee to be appropriate.
9.3 Contingent Stock Awards made pursuant to this Plan shall be subject
to such terms, conditions, and restrictions, including without limitation,
substantial risks of forfeiture and/or attainment of performance objectives, and
for such period or periods as shall be set forth in the Award Agreement as
determined by the Committee at the time of grant. The Committee shall have the
power to permit, in its discretion, an acceleration of the expiration of the
applicable restriction period with respect to any part or all of the Award to
any Grantee. The Committee shall have the power to make a Contingent Stock Award
that is not subject to vesting or any other contingencies in recognition of an
Employee's, Director's or Consultant's prior service and financial impact on the
Company. During the restriction period, the Grantee shall not have the rights of
a shareholder.
9.4 The Award Agreement for the Contingent Stock Award shall specify
the terms and conditions upon which any restrictions on the right to receive
Shares representing Contingent Stock Awards under the Plan shall lapse, as
determined by the Committee. Upon the lapse of such restrictions, Shares shall
be issued to the Grantee or such Grantee's legal representative.
9.5 In the event of a Grantee's termination of employment as an
Employee, or service as a Director or Consultant, whichever is applicable, for
any reason prior to the lapse of restrictions applicable to a Contingent Stock
Award made to such Grantee and unless otherwise provided for herein by this Plan
or as provided for in the Award Agreement for Contingent Stock, all rights to
Shares as to which there still remain unlapsed restrictions shall be forfeited
by such Grantee to the Company without payment or any consideration by the
Company, and neither the Grantee nor any successors, heirs, assigns or personal
representatives of such Grantees shall thereafter have any further rights or
interest in such Shares.
-10-
<PAGE>
10. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
10.1 Restricted Stock Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award
Agreements for Restricted Stock in such form, and not inconsistent with this
Plan, as the Committee shall approve from time to time, which Award Agreements
shall contain in substance the terms and conditions described in Sections 10.2
through 10.6.
10.2 The Committee shall determine the number of Shares subject to a
Restricted Stock Award to be granted to an Employee, Director or Consultant
based on the past or expected impact the Employee, Director or Consultant has
had or can have on the financial well-being of the Company and other factors
deemed by the Committee to be appropriate.
10.3 Restricted Stock Awards made pursuant to this Plan shall be
subject to such terms, conditions, and restrictions, including without
limitation, substantial risks of forfeiture and/or attainment of performance
objectives, and for such period or periods as set forth in the Award Agreement
as determined by the Committee at the time of grant. The Committee shall have
the power to permit, in its discretion, an acceleration of the expiration of the
applicable restriction period with respect to any part or all of the Award to
any Grantee. Upon issuance of a Restricted Stock Award, Shares will be issued in
the name of the Grantee. During the restriction period, Grantee shall have the
rights of a shareholder for all such Shares of Restricted Stock, including the
right to vote and the right to receive dividends thereon as paid.
10.4 Each certificate evidencing stock subject to Restricted Stock
Awards shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and
restrictions applicable to such Shares. Any attempt to dispose of Shares of
Restricted Stock in contravention of such terms, conditions and restrictions
shall be ineffective. The Committee may adopt rules which provide that the
certificates evidencing such Shares may be held in custody by a bank or other
institution, or that the Company may itself hold such Shares in custody, until
the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and may require as a condition of any
Award that the Grantee shall have delivered a stock power endorsed in blank
relating to the Shares of Restricted Stock covered by such Award.
10.5 The Award Agreement for Restricted Stock shall specify the terms
and conditions upon which any restrictions on the right to receive shares
representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall lapse as determined
by the Committee. Upon the lapse of such restrictions, Shares which have not
been delivered to the Grantee or such Grantee's legal representative shall be
delivered to such Grantee or such Grantee's legal representative.
10.6 In the event of a Grantee's termination of employment as an
Employee, or service as a Director or Consultant, whichever is applicable, for
any reason prior to the lapse of restrictions applicable to a Restricted Stock
Award made to such Grantee and unless otherwise provided for herein by this Plan
or as provided for in the Award Agreement for Restricted Stock, all rights to
Shares as to which there remain unlapsed restrictions shall be forfeited by such
Grantee to the Company without payment or any consideration by the Company, and
neither the Grantee nor any successors, heirs, assigns or personal
representatives of such Grantee shall thereafter have any further rights or
interest in such Shares.
-11-
<PAGE>
11. GENERAL RESTRICTIONS
11.1 The Plan and each Award under the Plan shall be subject to the
requirement that, if at any time the Committee shall determine that (i) the
listing, registration or qualification of the Shares subject or related thereto
upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, (ii) the consent
or approval of any government regulatory body, or (iii) an agreement by the
Grantee of an Award with respect to the disposition of Shares, is necessary or
desirable as a condition of, or in connection with the Plan or the granting of
such Award or the issue or purchase of Shares thereunder, the Plan will not be
effective and/or the Award may not be consummated in whole or in part unless
such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or agreement shall
have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the
Committee.
11.2 The authority of the Committee under Section 3 to include
"forfeiture provisions" in Award Agreements is hereby confirmed. The Committee
may provide in any Award Agreement for the forfeiture of the Awards governed by
such Award Agreement and the benefits derived therefrom, in the event the
Grantee takes actions or engages in conduct that is harmful or contrary to, or
not in the best interests of, the Company. Such forfeiture may include, without
limitation, (a) the cancellation of unexercised Options and/or SARs and the
forfeiture or repayment to the Company of any gain realized from the exercise of
any Options and/or SARs, and (b) forfeiture, or repayment of the value, of any
shares of stock granted as Restricted Stock or Contingent Stock or the
forfeiture or repayment to the Company of any proceeds received from the sale
thereof. The Committee shall have broad discretion in defining what actions and
conduct constitute forfeiture events which may include, without limitation, (i)
conduct related to the Grantee's employment for which either criminal or civil
penalties may be sought, (ii) the commission of an act of fraud or intentional
misrepresentation, (iii) embezzlement or misappropriation or conversion of
assets or opportunities of the Company, (iv) accepting employment with or
serving as a consultant, adviser or in any other capacity to, or having any
ownership interest in, a person or entity that is in competition with or acting
against the interest of the Company, or any solicitation of employees or
distributors, (v) disclosing or misusing any confidential or proprietary
information of the Company in violation of the Key Employee Covenants, or any
other non-disclosure agreement with the Company or other duty of confidentiality
or the Company's insider trading policy, or (vi) any other actions or conduct of
Grantee that the Committee determines in good faith are harmful or contrary to,
or not in the best interests of, the Company. The Committee shall have broad
discretion and authority to determine the scope, duration and terms of any such
forfeiture provisions. The Committee, or its duly appointed agent, may waive any
or all of the restrictions authorized under this subsection whenever it (or its
duly appointed agent) determines in its sole discretion that such action is in
the best interests of the Company. For purposes of this Section 11 references to
the Company refers collectively to the Company and all of its Subsidiaries.
12. RIGHTS OF A SHAREHOLDER
12.1 The Grantee of any Award under the Plan shall have no rights as a
shareholder with respect thereto unless and until certificates for Shares of
common stock are issued to such Grantee, except for the rights provided in
Section 10 as it pertains to Restricted Stock Awards.
-12-
<PAGE>
13. RIGHTS TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT
13.1 Nothing in the Plan or in any agreement entered into pursuant to
the Plan shall confer upon any Grantee the right to continue in the employment
as an Employee, or service as a Director or Consultant, of the Company or a
Subsidiary or affect any right which the Company or its Subsidiary may have to
terminate the employment, or service as a Director or Consultant, of such
Grantee.
14. WITHHOLDING OF TAXES
14.1 Whenever the Company proposes, or is required, to issue or
transfer Shares under the Plan, the Company shall have the right to require the
Grantee to remit to the Company an amount, or a number of shares, sufficient to
satisfy any federal, state and/or local withholding tax requirements prior to
the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever under
the Plan payments are to be made in cash, such payments shall be net of an
amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and/or local withholding tax
requirements.
15. NON-ASSIGNABILITY
15.1 No Award or benefit under the Plan shall be assignable or
transferable by the Grantee thereof except by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution. During the life of the Grantee, such Award shall be exercisable
only by such person or by such person's guardian or legal representative.
16. NON-UNIFORM DETERMINATIONS
16.1 The Committee's determination under the Plan (including, without
limitation, determinations of the persons to receive Awards, the form, amount
and timing of such Awards, the terms and conditions of such Awards and the Award
Agreements evidencing same, and the establishment of values and performance
targets) need not be uniform and may be made by the Committee selectively among
persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan, whether
or not such persons are similarly situated.
17. ADJUSTMENTS
17.1 If the Class A Common Stock of the Company is subdivided or
combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if the Company shall
issue any shares of Class A Common Stock as a stock dividend on its outstanding
Class A Common Stock, the number of shares deliverable upon the exercise or
vesting of any Awards granted hereunder shall be appropriately increased or
decreased proportionately, and appropriate adjustments shall be made in the
purchase price per share to reflect such subdivision, combination or stock
dividend.
-13-
<PAGE>
17.2 In the event of a consolidation of the Company, a merger in which
the Company is not the surviving entity, or the sale of all or substantially all
of the Company assets, the exercisability of any or all outstanding Awards shall
automatically be accelerated so that such Awards would be exercisable or vested
in full immediately prior to the effective date of such consolidation, merger or
asset sale. However, no such acceleration shall occur if and to the extent any
outstanding Awards are, in connection with such consolidation, merger, or asset
sale, either to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof or to
be replaced with a comparable Award to purchase shares of the capital stock of
the successor corporation (or a parent thereof). The determination of such Award
comparability shall be made by the Committee, and such determination shall be
final, binding and conclusive. Immediately following any such consolidation,
merger or asset, sale, the Awards, to the extent not previously exercised or
vested, shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent
assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such
consolidation, merger or asset sale. If any outstanding Award hereunder is
assumed in connection with any such consolidation, merger or asset sale, then
such Award shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such
consolidation, merger or asset sale, to apply to the number and class of
securities which would have been issuable to the Grantee upon consummation of
such consolidation, merger, or asset sale if the Awards had been exercised or
vested immediately prior to any such transaction, and appropriate adjustment
shall also be made to the exercise price for such Awards, as applicable,
provided the aggregate exercise price shall remain the same. This Plan shall not
in any way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or
otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate,
dissolve, liquidate, or sell or transfer any part of its business or assets.
17.3 In the event of a recapitalization or reorganization of the
Company (other than a consolidation, merger or asset sale described in Section
17.2 above) pursuant to which securities of the Company or of another entity are
issued with respect to the outstanding shares of the Company's Class A Common
Stock, a Grantee, upon exercising an Award or an Award becoming vested, shall be
entitled to receive for the purchase price paid upon such exercise the
securities the Grantee would have received if the Grantee had exercised the
Award or the Award had vested prior to such recapitalization or reorganization.
18. AMENDMENT
18.1 The Plan may be amended by the Board, without Shareholder
approval, at any time in any respect, unless Shareholder approval of the
amendment in question is required under Delaware law, the Code, any exemption
from Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including without limitation SEC Rule
16b-3) for which the Company intends Section 16 Persons to qualify, any national
securities exchange system on which the Shares are then listed or reported, by
any regulatory body having jurisdiction with respect to the Plan, or any other
applicable laws, rules or regulations.
18.2 The termination or modification or amendment of the Plan shall
not, without the consent of a Grantee, affect a Grantee's rights under an Award
previously granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Company reserves
the right to terminate the Plan
-14-
<PAGE>
in whole or in part, at any time and for any reason, provided that appropriate
compensation, as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the
Committee, is made to Grantees with respect to Awards previously granted.
19. EFFECT ON OTHER PLAN
19.1 Participation in this Plan shall not affect a Grantee's
eligibility to participate in any other benefit or incentive plan of the
Company, and any Awards made pursuant to this Plan shall not be used in
determining the benefits provided under any other plan of the Company unless
specifically provided.
20.DURATION OF PLAN
20.1 The Plan shall remain in effect until all Awards under the Plan
have been satisfied by the issuance of Shares or the payment of cash, but no
Awards shall be granted more than ten years after the date the Plan is adopted
by the Company. The Second Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Incentive Plan amends
and restates the Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, as previously
amended, effective as of March 31, 1999 subject to shareholders approval.
21. FUNDING OF THE PLAN
21.1 This Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to
establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of
assets to assure the payment of any Award under this Plan, and payment of Awards
shall be on the same basis as the claims of the Company's general creditors. In
no event shall interest be paid or accrued on any Award including unpaid
installments of Awards.
22.PLAN STATUS
22.1 This Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of a 16b-3 plan
under the Exchange Act.
22.2 This Plan is intended to qualify as a plan under Rule 701 issued
pursuant to The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
-15-
<PAGE>
23. GOVERNING LAW
23.1 The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern, control and
determine all questions arising with respect to the Plan and the interpretation
and validity of its respective provisions.
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.
By: /s/ Steven J. Lund
Its: President
ATTEST:
/s/ Keith R. Halls
Its Secretary
-16-
SERVICE AGREEMENT
This Service Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into as of the ___ day
of __________ , 1997 by and between Nu Skin Asia Pacific, Inc., a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, U.S.A., with its
principal office located at 75 West Center Street, Provo, Utah 84601, or its
successor (hereinafter referred to as "NSAP"), and Mr. Grant F. Pace, a U.S.
citizen residing at #3 Dapdap Street, Makati, Philippines (hereinafter referred
to as "Pace").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Pace wishes to provide certain services to NSAP as Vice
President, Southeast Asia and Greater China, upon the terms and conditions set
forth hereinafter;
WHEREAS, NSAP wishes to obtain the services of Pace as Vice President,
Southeast Asia and Greater China;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, undertakings
and covenants set forth hereinafter, the parties hereto mutually agree as
follows:
1. Appointment - NSAP hereby agrees to appoint Pace as Vice President,
Southeast Asia and Greater China, and Pace hereby agrees to such
appointment to perform the functions and carry out the duties and
responsibilities as the Vice President, Southeast Asia and Greater China on
the terms and conditions set forth hereinafter.
The duties and responsibilities of Pace's positions will include but are
not limited to the Position Specifications attached hereto as Exhibit A.
Pace will be notified verbally or in writing of changes or additions in his
responsibilities during the course of this Agreement.
In the event Pace is asked to assume responsibilities with NSAP that differ
materially from those set forth on Exhibit A hereto, the terms of this
Agreement may be renegotiated at the election of either party.
The parties agree that if Pace is asked to assume a role with NSAP or
another Nu Skin affiliate outside the scope of his role as Vice President,
Southeast Asia and Greater China, then this Agreement will be terminated
and renegotiated.
2. Direction - Pace will be subject to and act in accordance with the
directions, rules, regulations and instructions issued from time to time by
the Board of Directors and the President, Chief Executive Officer, and
Chief Operating Officer of NSAP.
<PAGE>
3. Compensation - Pace will receive the following compensation and benefits
for services rendered to NSAP. No other compensation or benefit, direct or
indirect, other than allowances specifically mentioned in this Agreement,
will be paid to or received by Pace.
a. Base Salary: Pace will receive a gross annual salary of US$200,000
divided into twenty-six (26) equal bi-weekly installments, effective
September 22, 1997.
b. Foreign Service Supplement. Pace will receive a foreign service
supplement of US$100,000 divided into twelve (12) equal monthly or
bi-weekly installments, effective September 22, 1997. The foreign
service supplement will be paid simultaneously with payment of the
base salary.
c. Adjustments to Base Salary and Foreign Service Supplement. The base
salary and foreign service supplement will be increased by no less
than twelve percent (12%) per year for calendar years 1999, 2000 and
2001. The increases will be effective on January 1 of each year.
Thereafter, the base salary and foreign service supplement will be
reviewed and adjusted annually by the NSAP Board of Directors.
d. Incentive Bonus: Pace will be eligible to participate in a Bonus
Incentive Plan (based on profitability, cost efficiencies, sales,
etc.), as such plan may be employed by NSAP from time to time (the
"Bonus Plan"). The extent of the incentive bonus and the factors and
measurements used to determine the incentive bonus will be determined
from time to time by the Board of Directors of NSAP and will be based
upon the performance of those operations which Pace oversees, the
attainment of specified goals within each such operation, and the
attainment of specified bonus levels for the country general managers
supervised by Pace under the general manager Long-Term Incentive Bonus
Plan. The Bonus Plan will enable Pace to qualify for annual cash
bonuses of up to 50% of his then applicable combined base salary and
foreign service supplement, with no deferred bonuses.
e. Signing Bonus. Upon execution of this Agreement, NSAP will pay to Pace
the sum of $55,250 in lieu of any other bonus payments for calendar
year 1997.
f. Stock Grant. NSAP hereby agrees to make a stock bonus award of that
number of shares of NSAP Class A Common Stock as has a fair market
value (as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange) of $50,000 per year
for three years, with the shares being awarded on September 22, 1998,
1999 and 2000.
g. Stock Option Plan. Pace shall be eligible to participate in a Stock
Option Plan implemented for key employees of NSAP. The initial stock
option shall be to
2
<PAGE>
acquire 19,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at a purchase price of
$20.875/share, which option shall vest over a four-year period.
Although it is intended that a similar option grant shall be made
annually, additional stock option grants shall be made in the
discretion of the NSAP Board of Directors.
h. International Assignment Policy for Expatriates. Pace will participate
in NSAP's standard benefits available under its International
Assignment Policy for Expatriates ("IAPE"). The standard IAPE shall be
modified for Pace, however, in accordance with the terms set forth on
Exhibit B hereto, which shall supersede NSAP's standard IAPE.
i. Employee Benefit Plans. As an employee of NSAP, Pace will be entitled
to participate in any employee benefit plans made available to NSAP
employees generally, including health, dental, life and disability
insurance, and 401(k) profit sharing plans. Pace acknowledges,
however, that as an expatriate employee, his right to participate in
such plans may be limited. The benefits made available to Pace under
the IAPE are intended to offset any limitation on Pace's ability to
participate in any other standard employee benefit plan.
j. Severance. In the event Pace's employment hereunder is terminated
"without cause," as defined in Section 8b. below, he shall be entitled
to the severance benefits set forth in Section 8c. below.
4. Service Hours - Pace's regular service hours are 40 hours per week Monday
through Friday. It is understood that in light of his positions, he will
likely be required to provide services or engage in travel that will extend
well beyond normal service hours. It is further agreed that Pace's
remuneration has been set with this fact in mind and that Pace has no right
to ask for additional compensation for such extra services.
5. Confidentiality - Without the written approval of NSAP, Pace will not copy,
use or disclose to others (or cause any copying, use or disclosure), for
Pace's own benefit or otherwise, any information, knowledge or data that
Pace receives or develops during his period of employment which is
proprietary to NSAP or any of their affiliates or which is confidential,
including information contained in formulas, business plans, financial
data, vendor lists, product and marketing plans, distributor lists and
other trade secrets or information that any of NSAP or its affiliates has
generated or which is has received in confidence from others. The
confidentiality obligation set forth herein shall survive termination of
this Agreement and shall therefore be applicable to Pace after termination
of his employment. In addition to this provision, Pace agrees to execute
and become bound by the terms of any Confidentiality Agreement used by NSAP
with its employees generally. A copy of the current form of Confidentiality
Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit C.
3
6. Non-Competition - Pace hereby agrees that he will not, during the term of
this Agreement, and until the earlier of (i) one year immediately after the
termination of this Agreement, or (ii) the date as of which NSAP ceases to
pay to Pace, either as an employee or an independent contractor, a sum
equal to the monthly base salary and foreign service supplement payable to
Pace hereunder (unless Pace is terminated "for cause," as defined in
Section 8b below, in which case only the one-year period set forth in
clause (i) above shall apply) directly or indirectly, by any means or
device whatsoever, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any
person, partnership, or corporation, do any one or more of the following:
a. provide services to, or be affiliated with any enterprise which
provides services or products similar to NSA's services or products
through multi-level marketing channels;
b. divert, take away, or attempt to take away any NSAP or other Nu Skin
distributors, employees with whom NSAP or another Nu Skin affiliate
has a non-competition agreement, or accounts which Pace may have
become aware of through information furnished to or generated by Pace
in connection with his employment or by any employee or agent or
former employee or agent of NSAP or its affiliates; or
c. compete with NSAP or render services for a competitor of NSAP involved
in multi-level marketing.
This non-competition provision shall not relate to those companies
specifically identified on Exhibit D hereto within the scope of
activities described for each company. Pace acknowledges that the
one-year period during which he cannot be involved in any activities
which compete directly or indirectly with NSAP after termination of
this Agreement is a justifiable and acceptable period of time in light
of the significance of the scope of Pace's employment hereunder, and
that the terms of this Agreement and the remuneration and benefits
payable to Pace hereunder are sufficient consideration for such
agreement. Should NSAP elect to enforce this non-competition provision
following termination, it shall inform Pace of such election within
thirty days of termination of Pace's employment.
7. Assignment of Work Product. Pace agrees to promptly disclose to NSAP, and
hereby assigns to NSAP, free from any obligation to Pace, all right, title
and interest in and to any and all ideas, concepts, processes,
improvements, and inventions made, conceived or disclosed or developed by
Pace during the term of this Agreement which relate to the business of NSAP
or resulting from or suggested by any work Pace may do for NSAP. Pace shall
have the right to retain the copyright to any books, articles or
publications unrelated to NSAP's business of multi-level marketing
generally.
4
8. Term of Agreement
a. This Agreement will be effective as of September 22, 1997, and
continue in full force and effect until August 31, 2000 (with annual
renewals thereafter prior to the expiration of the previous term of
the Agreement) or until terminated as set forth in section 8b below.
b. NSAP may terminate this Agreement for any reason at any time by giving
Pace 60 days advance notice. The Agreement may be terminated without
notice by NSAP "for cause" if Pace (1) breaches his duties as set
forth in this Agreement, or (2) has been negligent or dishonest in the
discharge of his duties, or (3) has become incapable of carrying out
his duties for any reason, or (4) is subject to any event or activity
outside the scope of his employment, which event or activity is not in
keeping with the image and values of NSAP. The decision as to whether
to terminate Pace for cause will be made in the sole discretion of the
NSAP Board of Directors.
c. In the event NSAP terminates this Agreement for cause, it will be
liable only for compensating Pace through the date of his termination,
unless termination for cause is the result of an accident or illness
that has rendered Pace incapable of carrying out his duties (i.e.,
Pace will not be eligible to receive any contractual severance
benefits nor the payments that might otherwise be payable to him
hereunder during the one-year non-competition period). In the event
NSAP terminates this Agreement without cause, NSAP will be liable only
for compensating Pace for remuneration specified in Section 3a and 3b
above, with additional monthly payments equal to the value of the IAPE
benefits received by Pace (the "Additional Severance Payment") for a
period of six months following the date of termination, provided that
NSAP may elect to continue to pay Pace the sums due under Sections 3a
and 3b above along with the Additional Severance Payment to enforce
the one-year non-competition provision set forth in Section 6 above.
The Additional Severance Payment is intended to replace the IAPE and
other employee benefits generally. Therefore, Pace shall not be
entitled to any of the IAPE or other employee benefits after
termination.
d. This Agreement shall be automatically terminated in the event Pace
accepts employment with a Nu Skin affiliate other than NSAP. The terms
of employment with the Nu Skin affiliate shall be negotiated and
confirmed in a replacement Service Agreement.
9. Tax Returns - Filing annual income tax returns with the relevant tax
authorities, and with any other authorities to which Pace may be subject,
shall be handled in the manner set forth in NSAP's IAPE, as clarified in
the attached Exhibit B.
5
<PAGE>
10. Entire Agreement - This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the
parties relating to the subject matter hereof. No modification, alteration
or amendment of this Agreement and no waiver of any provision hereof may be
made unless such modification, alteration, amendment, or waiver is set
forth in writing signed by the parties hereto.
11. Governing Law - This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and
governed by the laws of Utah. Any action brought hereunder shall be brought
in an appropriate state or federal court located within the State of Utah,
to which both parties hereto consent to jurisdiction.
12. Prevailing Language - This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, in
the English language, each of which will be deemed an original but which,
taken together, will constitute one and the same instrument.
[This space intentionally left blank.]
6
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto and/or their duly authorized
representatives have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
Nu Skin Asia Pacific, Inc. Grant F. Pace
By /s/
Name: (Signature)
Title:
7
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES AS VICE PRESIDENT, SOUTHEAST ASIA AND GREATER CHINA:
1. Report to and assist the NSAP Chief Operating Officer and other appropriate
personnel in developing the strategic and operational plans for Taiwan,
Hong Kong, Thailand, the Philippines, the People's Republic of China,
Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore and Vietnam which, with other country plans,
forms the basis of the NSAP operational strategy.
2. Develop and implement the operating and capital budget necessary to support
the NSAP strategic plan in the region.
3. Oversee and support local GMs in their efforts to train, motivate, support,
encourage and monitor the activities of all distributors working within the
local markets. Focus on developing relationships with distributor leaders
operating in the local country to engender confidence in the company's
commitment to their success. Plan distributor activities and training
including event time-line calendars, list of participants, activities,
courtesy calls, open-houses, press conferences, etc.
4. Proactively manage the development and introduction of appropriate
products, sales aids, and distributor incentive programs for local
distributors.
5. Direct the design and implementation of quality assurance and performance
measurement standards for the region.
6. Design and implement methods and strategies for improving market share and
profitability.
7. Ensure that the strategic plan is implemented in the region in an efficient
and effective manner which will maximize a return on investment.
8. Ensure that all aspects of local operations comply with appropriate
government regulations and all aspects of licensing, wholesale distribution
and other intercompany agreements.
9. Conduct quality assurance and personal performance appraisals as needed.
10. Meet with government and senior business or DSA officials and with the
press as needed with a view to maintaining healthy and favorable
relationships with regulators, the business community and the press.
11. Keep COO informed at all time of trends.
12. Oversee the hiring, training and performance of all GMs in the region.
8
<PAGE>
13. Follow established Nu Skin and regional policies and procedures in ensuring
that an efficient, profitable and service-oriented company is being
operated.
14. Assist the General Managers and Regional Controller in the development of
operating budgets for the region annually.
15. Ensure that each country within the Greater China Region is following
corporate policies and procedures. Where unclear, work with NSAP to develop
necessary policies and procedures.
16. Approve all non-capital and non-asset/liability expenditures for each
country within the region that exceed the approved budget by less than 10%.
For those expenses exceeding 10% of the approved amount, seek COO or CFO
approval.
17. For corporate and regional cash flow concerns, approve all capital and
asset/liability expenditures, which may or may not have been previously
budgeted within the region up to US$20,000, insuring that all corporate
assets are properly managed and proper turnover and profitability ratios
are maintained.
18. Ensure that the local operations are properly complying with all relevant
government regulations.
19. Report status, in a timely manner, of all relevant matters for each country
entity, the regional office and any trends, concerns, changes in
regulations or operations which might affect Nu Skin operations,
competitors, or significant others within the region to NSAP headquarters.
20. Conduct personal performance appraisals on at least an annual basis with
all general managers in the region and relevant regional staff in
connection with NSAP corporate.
9
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
ADDENDUM TO SERVICE AGREEMENT WITH GRANT F. PACE
Modifications to the Nu Skin "International Assignment
Policy for Expatriates (IAPE)"
By mutual agreement, the following take precedent over the provisions in the
IAPE and will govern in tone as well as in enumerated specifics. [Numbered
section headings are from relevant IAPE sections. References in brackets refer
to changes, modifications, or enhancements of IAPE policies.]
I. INTRODUCTION
Long Term Assignment: The full IAPE (as modified herein) will be available for
the duration of your time abroad. (We recognize that your appointment overseas
is open ended and is expected to be of an extended duration, possibly beyond 5
years, and that this differs from IAPE Introduction, page 2.)
5. SHIPMENT AND STORAGE OF HOUSEHOLD GOODS
Storage of Household Goods: Nu Skin will continue storage of your household
goods for so long as you remain overseas. Should you choose to remove these from
storage, Nu Skin will reimburse you the cost of their removal and transportation
to Salt Lake/Provo, or arrange for their shipment to Salt Lake/Provo at Nu Skin
expense. (Nu Skin understands and accepts that some of the items stored and
shipped may be among those listed on IAPE page 6 but will not include a car.)
Shipment of Goods: Nu Skin agrees to ship, at a time convenient to you, one
container to the Philippines for which Nu Skin will cover the cost of shipping,
handling, and insurance charges. You will use your best efforts to arrange for
duty free importation of these goods. (Nu Skin understands and accepts that some
of the items shipped may be among those listed on IAPE page 6 but that in no
event will it include a car.) This benefit will not foreclose the possibility of
a later shipment as provided on IAPE page 9 to address needs arising out of an
extended stay abroad or relocation to another place of assignment (e.g. Latin
America).
9. HOME COUNTRY HOUSING
Home Management Program: Nu Skin will pay the usual fees of a home management
service (PPH) for rental and other management of your home in Boston, with a
stop loss provision in the event the home remains unrented for more than 2
months. Please arrange to have PPH invoices sent directly to Nu Skin for
payment. As a result of direct payment by Nu Skin, there will be no Property
Management Fee reimbursement to your paycheck. (This differs from some items on
IAPE pages 12, 13, 16.)
Home Sale Assistance: In addition to the Home Management Program, you may elect
at any time for Nu Skin assistance in selling your home through reimbursement of
customary seller's closing costs, excluding Realtor's fees. [This differs from
IAPE page 13.] Nu Skin
10
<PAGE>
will pay no repurchase expenses should you wish to buy a replacement home.
However, consistent with IAPE policy, we encourage you to retain a home in the
U.S. and will apply the Home Management Program to a replacement home.
10. PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS/MEDICAL EXPENSES
Annual Physical Examinations: In view of the extended nature of your stay
abroad, Nu Skin will reimburse reasonable expenses (beyond medical insurance
coverage) for you and each member of your family to have complete physical and
dental examinations annually, during your annual home leave if feasible. [This
is consistent with, but a modification of IAPE page 13.]
12. INTERNATIONAL SALARY
International Salary (U.S. plus Asian Salary): The agreed Asian salary
(international service premium) will be included with your U.S. base salary for
the purpose of determining pension, life insurance or other employee benefits.
(Page 2, 14, 15.) The international service premium will be discontinued upon
your repatriation to the U.S., but will instead be replaced through a
renegotiated base U.S. salary together with other matters related to your
compensation. [This differs from IAPE pages 15 & 24.]
13. GOODS AND SERVICES (G&S) DIFFERENTIAL
Goods and Services Differential: This will be such percentage as determined by
ORC, but will be paid on 100% of your International Salary (U.S. plus Asian
salary). [This differs from IAPE page 16.]
Method of Pay: You will be paid out of Hong Kong, in U.S. dollars (or its
equivalent in any other currency you may direct) to Citibank or such other bank
as you may direct. [This is an enlargement of IAPE page 17.]
14. HOUSING DIFFERENTIAL
Housing: Nu Skin will pay directly all rental and related fees (home owner
association dues, etc.) At #3 Dapdap Street, Makati, Philippines, including
utilities and air conditioning maintenance, (and other repairs or maintenance
not covered by the landlord in the Lease Agreement.) Utilities include
charges/expenses for electricity, gas, telephone (except non-business related
long distance calls), water and sewage, garbage removal, water treatment, yard
maintenance, and pest control (as necessary). [Nu Skin acknowledges that this
differs from and is an enlargement upon IAPE pages 18-22, and that the rental
paid is beyond the policies of Runzheimer.] We understand that in the
Philippines rent is generally paid two years in advance, and that Nu Skin will
be expected to reimburse Sara Lee Philippines Inc. for the remaining period of
your home lease. A hypothetical housing deduction will be calculated by
Runzheimer and withheld from your base pay.
Home Appliances: We understand that many appliances in the home at #3 Dapdap
were purchased for you by Sara Lee (or previously Avon). Nu Skin agrees to
purchase these from Sara Lee at a fair value recognizing the years of use, or to
replace them. Please provide a schedule of these items recommending purchase
from Sara Lee or elsewhere.
11
<PAGE>
15. INCOME TAX POLICIES
Tax Equalization: A hypothetical tax will be calculated as provided on IAPE page
23, except that Nu Skin will assess you no state tax (zero) and withhold no
state tax. Assumptions used in the calculation of the hypothetical tax will be
shared with you and will include 7 dependents, and at your request the payment
of a full 10% tithing and 2% fast offering as charitable contributions to the
LDS church. Actual tax liability will be paid by Nu Skin as calculated by an
outside accounting firm acceptable to Nu Skin and me, which will prepare and
file foreign and Federal U.S. returns at Nu Skin expense. Nu Skin will also
protect you from incremental taxes on any non-U.S. NSAP income or benefits that
results from expatriation.
Medicare and FICA: These will be withheld during the expatriate assignment,
except that Nu Skin will consider legal alternative structures which would
permit both Nu Skin and you to avoid this withholding.
16. INCENTIVE PREMIUMS AND ALLOWANCES
Mobility Premium: Because you are already resident in the Philippines, no
mobility premium will be paid, however, a premium will be paid in the event you
are relocated to another assignment.
Hardship Allowance: This is to clarify that the hardship allowance calculated by
Runzheimer will be paid on the full international salary (U.S. plus Asian) and
will be net of taxes.
17. TRAVEL EXPENSES
Travel Expenses: Travel for all trips will be at business class fare, except for
the Christmas trip home of college students which will be economy class fare.
[This is a modification from the economy class fare referred to on Pages 4 & 25
of the IAPE.] Business travel for Nu Skin in Asia is also at business class fare
and is pre-approved with your employment. Travel outside the region should be
cleared with the Chief of International Operations in Provo.
19. RELOCATION ALLOWANCE
Relocation Allowance: The relocation allowance specified in this section, IAPE
page 26 will not be paid since you are already settled in your home. However, Nu
Skin will cover any ancillary expenses arising out of your settlement with Sara
Lee as adjustments are made in appliances, furnishings, etc.
20. EDUCATION ASSISTANCE
Dependent Education: Nu Skin will pay for the elementary and secondary education
of your children at the International School Manila, and will reimburse tuition,
lab fees, textbooks, uniforms, supplies, and other miscellaneous educational
related items. Nu Skin will also pay directly or reimburse all school related
transportation expenses.
College Student Christmas Trip: Dependent children attending school outside the
host country will be entitled to travel home for Christmas at Nu Skin expense at
economy class fare.
12
<PAGE>
Should the family gather elsewhere for Christmas, the equivalent amount in
airfare may be applied to travel expenses elsewhere. [This is a modification of
the IAPE page 28.]
21. PROVISION OF AN AUTOMOBILE
Automobile: Nu Skin will lease (or purchase if lease is not available) an
automobile for my position (e.g. Mercedes, BMW, Toyota Crown, etc.) for business
related purposes. The replacement period for the car will be 3 years, although
you may opt to defer replacement for an additional year. Nu Skin will also pay
directly for insurance, gasoline, oil and all maintenance. Accordingly, the
concept of "transportation allowance" will not be applied. [This is a
modification of IAPE pages 28, 29.]
Driver: Instead of a "Driver Allowance" (which will not be paid to you), a
driver of your choosing will be employed by Nu Skin in the Philippines and
assigned to you as your personal driver.
22. CLUB MEMBERSHIPS
Club Memberships: In recognition of your position as a senior executive of Nu
Skin, Nu Skin will pay the entrance fees and monthly subscriptions/dues to one
club of your choosing. As an alternative, you may elect to submit for direct
payment all reasonable fees, dues, usage charges, and purchases at any club or
clubs to which you belong in the Philippines, not to exceed an annual average of
$1500 per month (adjusted annually for local inflation). Business use of any
such clubs should of course be charged to the correct Nu Skin budget.
25. HOME LEAVE AND VACATION
Home Leave: Home leave will be provided annually for all family members, the
first of which you will be entitled to beginning in June 1998. Home leave travel
will be at business class airfare round trip from Manila to Boston, which fare
may if you choose, be used for travel related expenses elsewhere and at other
times. (This is a modification of IAPE pages 30-33.)
Vacation: By virtue of your seniority and position, you are formally entitled to
20 working days vacation (inclusive of home leave), plus travel time. Nu Skin
understands, however, that the demands and pressures of your assignment may
necessitate other "time off" from time to time. This should be handled
informally with the Chief of International Operations.
34. RETURN SHIPMENT OF GOODS
Return Shipment of Goods: Upon conclusion of your assignment abroad for whatever
reason, (whether voluntary or involuntary), Nu Skin will ship all of your
household goods and personal belongings back to the U.S., or other location of
your choosing. The only exception to this benefit is if you should voluntarily
leave Nu Skin to work with another company, in which case you should expect that
your new employer would relocate your household goods to the U.S. Since you are
now already resident in the Philippines, the weight and space limitations of the
IAPE will not apply.
13
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
14
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT D
PRE-EXISTING RELATIONSHIPS AND IDEAS
The following are pre-existing ideas, concepts, and relationships that belong to
Grant F. Pace:
1. All products or concepts or sales opportunities arising out of the
laboratories of independent contractors of Cooke Pharma Inc. or any
affiliates or related companies.
2. All products or concepts in conjunction with or related to the Solex
product of Bayer A.G. laboratories wherever located, or any related insect
termination products.
3. All relationships or products opportunities arising from or in relationship
with Cutco International, or Vector Marketing, as long as no such products
or opportunities compete directly with Nu Skin in Nu Skin's product
categories or in multi-level marketing generally.
Nothing herein shall relieve Pace of his fiduciary duties of loyalty as an
officer of Nu Skin Asia Pacific.
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED 1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
This Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") is made
effective as of September ___, 1999 (the "Effective Date"), to
__________________________ (the "Optionee") under the Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Second Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") by Nu Skin
Enterprises, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Nu Skin Enterprises"), under
authority of the Plan Committee (the "Committee"). Capitalized terms used herein
without definition and defined in the Plan have the same meanings as provided in
the Plan. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Company" shall refer
collectively to Nu Skin Enterprises and all of its Subsidiaries. The term "Key
Employee Covenants" shall mean the Key Employee Covenants executed by the
Optionee as they may be amended or replaced from time to time.
1. GRANT. Pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan, the Committee has granted to
Optionee ___________ (_________) options (the "Options") as of the Effective
Date as an incentive to work to increase the value of the Company for its
stockholders. Each Option shall entitle the Optionee to purchase, on the terms
and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, one fully paid and non-assessable
share of Class A Common Stock, par value $ .001 per share (the "Class A Common
Stock"), of Nu Skin Enterprises at the option price of $_____ per share. The
Options are subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this
Agreement.
2. NATURE OF OPTION. The Options are intended to constitute Non-qualified
Stock Options and the provisions of the Options shall be interpreted consistent
therewith.
3. TERMS AND EXERCISE PERIOD.
(a) Options awarded under this Agreement may not be exercised at any
time until such Options are vested as provided in Section 4 of this Agreement.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 and Section 6 of this
Agreement, the Options granted hereunder shall terminate on the earlier of (i)
the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement, or (ii) the date such
Options are fully exercised.
4. VESTING. Options granted hereunder shall vest according to the following
schedule:
ANNUAL ANNIVERSARY
OF EFFECTIVE DATE VESTED PERCENTAGE
------------------ -----------------
1 25%
2 50%
3 75%
4 100%
5. TERMINATION OF SERVICE.
(a) In the event the employment of the Optionee is terminated for any
reason, all Options that are not vested at the time of termination of employment
shall be terminated and forfeited immediately upon termination of employment.
1
<PAGE>
(b) Subject to Section 6 below, in the event the employment of the
Optionee is terminated for any reason other than the death or disability of the
Optionee, then any Options granted hereunder that are vested but unexercised at
the time of termination of employment shall terminate immediately upon the
earliest to occur of the following: (i) the full exercise of the Options, (ii)
the expiration of the Options by their terms, or (iii) ninety days following the
date of termination of such employment of the Optionee.
(c) Subject to Section 6 below, in the event the of the Optionee is
terminated as a result of death or disability prior to the termination of the
Options, then any Options granted hereunder that are vested but unexercised at
the time of death or disability shall terminate immediately upon the earliest to
occur of the following: (i) the full exercise of the Options, (ii) the
expiration of the Options by their terms, or (iii) one year following the date
of death or disability of Optionee. The Options may be exercised, to the extent
vested and unexercised at the time of death or disability, as the case may be,
by the Optionee, the estate of the Optionee, or the person or persons to whom
the Options may have been transferred by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution for the period set forth in this Section 5(c).
6. FORFEITURE. If at anytime during the term of these Options a Forfeiture
Event (as defined below) shall occur or be discovered, then all outstanding
Options shall immediately terminate in full. If at anytime during the Optionee's
employment or at any time following Optionee's termination of employment until
the later of (i) the twelve-month anniversary of the date Optionee's employment
is terminated for any reason, or (ii) the six-month anniversary of the date
Optionee exercises Optionee's last remaining Options, a Forfeiture Event occurs,
then the Optionee shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the "Option Gain"
on any Options exercised during the 12 month period preceding such Forfeiture
Event and any Options exercised following such Forfeiture Event. For purposes
hereof, "Option Gain" shall mean the Fair Market Value of a share of the Class A
Common Stock on the date of exercise over the Option Price, multiplied by the
number of shares purchased upon exercise of the Options. "Forfeiture Event"
means the following: (i) conduct related to the Optionee's employment for which
either criminal or civil penalties may be sought, (ii) the commission of an act
of fraud or intentional misrepresentation, (iii) embezzlement or
misappropriation or conversion of assets or opportunities of the Company, (iv)
any breach of the non-competition or non-solicitation provisions of the Key
Employee Covenants, (v) disclosing or misusing any confidential or proprietary
information of the Company in violation of the Key Employee Covenants, or any
other non-disclosure agreement with the Company or other duty of confidentiality
or the Company's insider trading policy, (vi) any other material breach of the
Key Employee Covenants, or (vii) any other actions of Optionee that the
Committee determines in good faith are harmful to the interests of the Company.
The Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive at any time in writing this
forfeiture provision and release the Optionee from liability hereunder. In
addition, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to purchase any
shares acquired upon exercise of the Option for the exercise price paid by the
Optionee, in lieu of enforcing payment of the Option Gain with respect to any
shares which have not been sold or otherwise transferred by the Optionee.
7. STOCK CERTIFICATES. Within a reasonable time after the exercise of an
Option, and the satisfaction of the Optionee's obligations hereunder, the
Company shall cause to be delivered to the person entitled thereto a certificate
for the shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of such Option.
8. TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. This Agreement and the Options granted
hereunder shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution, and shall be exercised, during the lifetime of the
Optionee, only by the Optionee.
9. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS. Options shall become exercisable at such time, as
may be provided herein and shall be exercisable by written notice of such
exercise, in the form prescribed by the Committee, to the person designated by
the Committee at the corporate offices of Nu Skin Enterprises. The notice shall
specify the number of Options that are being exercised. The Option Price
2
<PAGE>
shall be payable on the exercise of the Options and shall be paid in cash, in
shares of Class A Common Stock, including shares of Class A Common Stock
acquired pursuant to the Plan, part in cash and part in shares, or such other
manner as may be approved by the Committee consistent with the terms of the Plan
as it may be amended from time to time. Shares of Class A Common Stock
transferred in payment of the Option Price shall be valued as of the date of
transfer based on the Fair Market Value of the Company's Class A Common Stock
which for purposes hereof, shall be considered to be the average closing price
of the Company's Class A Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange
for the ten (10) trading days just prior to the date of exercise. Only shares of
the Company's Class A Common Stock which have been held for at least six (6)
months may be used to exercise the Option.
10. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. This Agreement shall not entitle the Optionee
to any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the date of the issuance of
a stock certificate to the Optionee for shares pursuant to the exercise of
Options covered hereby.
11. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. This Agreement incorporates by reference all
of the terms and conditions of the Plan as presently existing and as hereafter
amended. The Optionee expressly acknowledges and agrees that the terms and
provisions of this Agreement are subject in all respects to the provisions of
the Plan. The Optionee also hereby expressly acknowledges, agrees and represents
as follows:
(a) Acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that the
Optionee is familiar with the provisions of the Plan, and that the Optionee
enters into this Agreement subject to all of the provisions of the Plan.
(b) Recognizes that the Committee has been granted complete authority
to administer the Plan in its sole discretion, and agrees to accept all
decisions related to the Plan and all interpretations of the Plan made by the
Committee as final and conclusive upon the Optionee and upon all persons at any
time claiming any interest through the Optionee in any Option granted hereunder.
(c) Acknowledges and understands that the establishment of the Plan
and the existence of this Agreement are not sufficient, in and of themselves, to
exempt the Optionee from the requirements of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act
and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, and that the Optionee (to
the extent Section 16(b) applies to Optionee) shall not be exempt from such
requirements pursuant to Rule 16b-3 unless and until the Optionee shall comply
with all applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, including without limitation,
the possible requirement that the Optionee must not sell or otherwise dispose of
any share of Class A Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option unless and
until a period of at least six months shall have elapsed between the date upon
which such Option was granted to the Optionee and the date upon which the
Optionee desires to sell or otherwise dispose of any share of Class A Common
Stock acquired upon exercise of such Option.
(d) Acknowledges and understands that the Optionee's use of Class A
Common Stock owned by the Optionee to pay the Option Price of an Option could
have substantial adverse tax consequences to the Optionee, and that the Company
recommends that the Optionee consult with a knowledgeable tax advisor before
paying the Option Price of any Option with Class A Common Stock.
(e) Represents that Optionee has received and carefully read a copy of
the Prospectus (as defined below) together with the Company's most recent Annual
Report to Stockholders. Optionee hereby acknowledges that he or she is aware of
the risks associated with the Options and that there can be no assurance the
price of the Class A Common Stock will not decrease in the future or that the
Options will ever have any value. Optionee hereby acknowledges no
representations or statements have been made to Optionee concerning the value or
potential value of the Class A Common Stock. Optionee acknowledges that Optionee
has relied only on information contained in the Prospectus and that Optionee has
received no representations, written or oral, from the Company or its employees,
attorneys
3
<PAGE>
or agents, other than those contained in the Prospectus or this Agreement. The
Prospectus means those materials bearing a legend that such materials constitute
a prospectus under the Securities Act of 1933, and the documents incorporated by
reference therein. Optionee acknowledges that the Company has made no
representations concerning the tax and other effects of this Option and the
exercise thereof, and Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with
Optionee's own tax and other advisors concerning the tax and other effects of
the Option and the exercise thereof.
12. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. As a condition to the exercise of any
Option granted pursuant to the Plan, the Company may require the person
exercising such Option to make any representations and warranties to the Company
that legal counsel to the Company may determine to be required or advisable
under any applicable law or regulation, including without limitation,
representations and warranties that the shares of Class A Common Stock being
acquired through the exercise of such Option are being acquired only for
investment and without any present intention or view to sell or distribute any
such shares.
13. NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE CONTRACT. Nothing in this Agreement or in the
Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in the employment or
service of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or
otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which rights are hereby
expressly reserved, to terminate Optionee's employment or service at any time
for any reason, with or without cause except as may otherwise be provided
pursuant to a separate written employment agreement.
14. WITHHOLDING OF TAXES. The Optionee authorizes the Company to withhold,
in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, from any compensation or
other payment payable to the Optionee, all federal, state and other taxes
attributable to taxable income realized by the Optionee as a result of the grant
or exercise of any Options. As a condition to the exercise of any Option,
Optionee shall remit to the Company the amount of cash necessary to pay any
withholding taxes associated therewith or make other arrangements acceptable to
the Company, in the Company's sole discretion, for the payment of any
withholding taxes.
15. EFFECTIVE DATE OF GRANT. Each Option granted pursuant to this Agreement
shall be effective as of the date first written above.
16. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND REGULATIONS. The obligations of the Company
hereunder are subject to all applicable federal and state laws and to the rules,
regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
any stock exchange upon which the Class A Common Stock is then listed and any
other government or regulatory agency.
17. SECTION REFERENCES. The references to Plan sections shall be to the
sections as in existence on the date hereof unless an amendment to the Plan
specifically provides otherwise.
18. QUESTIONS. All questions regarding this Agreement shall be addressed to
M. Truman Hunt.
4
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these parties hereby execute this Agreement to be
effective as of the Effective Date.
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC., a Delaware corporation
By: ______________________________
Its: Steven J. Lund, President and CEO
_____________________________________
Optionee
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
Optionee's Address
5
CONSULTING AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made as of January 1, 1999 by and between Nu Skin
International, Inc., a Utah corporation ("Company"), having its principal place
of business at 75 West Center Street, Provo, Utah 84601 and Max L. Pinegar
("Consultant"), having an address at 1675 North 200 West, Orem, Utah 84057.
Company and Consultant are sometimes hereinafter referred to as "Party" or
"Parties."
RECITALS
A. Company is engaged in the business or marketing and selling nutritional and
personal care products; and
B. Consultant is in the business of corporate consulting.
C. Consultant and Company desire to enter into this Agreement subject to the
terms and conditions contained herein.
AGREEMENT
Now therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein
contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
1 TERM
1.1 This Agreement will commence on January 1, 1999 and will remain in
effect until either Party terminates this Agreement by giving the
other Party thirty (30) days prior written notice.
2 CONSULTING SERVICES
2.1 Company hereby retains Consultant and Consultant hereby agrees to
consult with Company regarding general corporate matters.
2.2 Consultant shall report to a member of senior management ("Company
Representative") designated by the President of the Company.
2.3 Consultant shall use those efforts which a skilled, competent,
experienced and prudent professional would use to perform and complete
the requirements of this Agreement in a timely manner conforming to
the standard and quality generally accepted within the profession
throughout his industry. In addition, Consultant will supply and use
all his own tools, materials and supplies, as well as hire, train, and
pay any necessary assistants to complete the Project.
2.4 The Company and the Consultant agree that the Consultant will provide
15 days of service per calendar quarter (an average of 5 days per
month), the types of services to be performed will be agreed upon
between the Company and Consultant.
2.5 The Company and the Consultant agree to meet at the beginning of each
quarter to review the services rendered during the previous quarter
and to identify services to be rendered during the following quarter.
3 MANNER OF PAYMENT
3.1 Consultant will be paid an annual retainer of Twenty Four Thousand and
No/100 Dollars ($24,000.00), due and payable by January 31 of each
year so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect. Consultant
shall submit an invoice for such retainer no later than January 10 of
each year.
1
<PAGE>
3.2 In addition, Consultant will be paid the sum of Three Thousand and
No/100 Dollars ($3,000.00) per month for his efforts pursuant to this
Agreement. Payment shall be made within thirty (30) days of receipt of
Consultant's invoice.
4 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
4.1 Both Company and Consultant agree that Consultant is an independent
contractor. Accordingly, Consultant shall be responsible for payment
of all his own taxes including federal, state and local taxes arising
out of his activities in accordance with this Agreement, including
federal and state income tax, social security tax, unemployment
insurance taxes, and any other taxes or business license fees as may
be required.
5 NONDISCLOSURE
5.1 Consultant agrees that, except as directed by the Company, Consultant
will not at any time, during or after the term of this Agreement, use
or disclose any "Confidential Information" or any other information
designated as confidential or proprietary by the Company to any person
whatsoever, or, except as authorized in writing by the Company, permit
any person whatsoever to examine or make copies of any reports or any
documents prepared by or that come into Consultant's possession or
control by reason of services hereunder or otherwise. Confidential
information shall include any formula(e), revisions of formula(e),
processes and methods as well as business plans, financial data,
product development plans, marketing plans and strategies, distributor
lists, manufacturing techniques and methods, research data and similar
information of Company's that are valuable, special unique and
proprietary assets of Company.
5.2 The obligations set forth 5.1 of this Agreement shall not apply to any
information that Consultant (i) already possess without obligation of
confidentiality; (ii) develops independently, or (iii) rightfully
receives without obligation of confidentiality from a third Party. No
obligation of confidentiality applies to any Confidential Information
that is, or becomes, publicly available without breach of this
Agreement.
5.3 Consultant hereby acknowledges that unauthorized disclosure or use of
Confidential Information will cause substantial and irreparable injury
to Company, that money damages will not adequately compensate for such
injury and that Company, therefore, is entitled to immediate
injunctive and other equitable relief for breach of obligations of
confidentiality as set forth in this Agreement.
5.4 Consultant will, upon termination or expiration of this Agreement,
return to the Company all Confidential Information or information or
data related directly or indirectly thereto, including any copies or
reproductions thereof, in Consultant's possession or control.
6 CONFLICT OF INTEREST
6.1 Consultant hereby discloses all activities or interests that suggest a
potential conflict with the best interest of Company. Exhibit A,
attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, is a list
of Consultant's interests which might conflict with or appear to
conflict with his responsibilities to Company.
7 WORKPRODUCT
7.1 The Company will own the rights to all workproduct, processes,
studies, flow charts, diagrams, devices, programs, inventions,
original works of authorship, and other tangible
2
<PAGE>
or intangible material developed by Consultant as a result of services
hereunder during the term hereof. Any workproduct generated by
Consultant will be deemed a work made for hire. If any of such
workproduct will be deemed other than a work made for hire, Consultant
hereby agrees to execute and deliver such documents and instruments as
Company may deem necessary or appropriate to transfer to the Company
any right, title, or interest, including copyrights, Consultants has
in any such work.
8 GENERAL
8.1 Company may assign this Agreement without limitation, however
Consultant may not assign this Agreement without Company's prior
written consent. The failure of either Party to insist upon the
performance of any term or condition of this Agreement or to exercise
any right hereunder on one or more occasions shall not constitute a
waiver or relinquishment of its right to demand future performance of
such term or condition, or to exercise such right in the future. If
any term of this Agreement is held by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then this Agreement,
including all of the remaining terms, will remain in full force and
effect as if such invalid or unenforceable term had never been
included. All notices and other communications required or permitted
to be given under this Agreement shall be transmitted in writing to
the address first listed by Certified United States Mail, postage
prepaid, return receipt requested, by guaranteed overnight delivery,
by electronic mail, or by facsimile. The laws of the State of Utah
shall govern this Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire
agreement between the Parties. No changes, modifications or amendments
to any terms and conditions in this Agreement are valid or binding
unless agreed to by the Parties in writing by their authorized
representatives.
In witness whereof, the Parties to this Agreement have caused it to be executed
on the date first above written.
This agreement is executed as of the date above written.
NU SKIN INTERNATIONAL, INC.
/s/ M. Truman Hunt
By: M. Truman Hunt
Its: Vice President
CONSULTANT
/s/ Max L. Pinegar
Max L. Pinegar
3
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A - POSSIBLE CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Consultant has served in the past as a member or the Board of Directors and
will now serve as an outside member of the Board of Directors.
If any additional "Conflict of Interest" develops the Consultant shall
immediately report such conflict to the Company.
ASSIGNMENT OF LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
This Assignment of Leasehold Improvements (the "ASSIGNMENT") is made
and entered into effective as of July 13, 1999, by and between Maple Hills
Investment, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Nu Skin USA, Inc.
("NU SKIN USA"), and Big Planet, Inc., a Utah corporation ("BIG PLANET"). Nu
Skin USA and Big Planet are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the
"PARTIES" and individually as a "PARTY." All capitalized terms used but not
otherwise defined herein shall be deemed to have the meanings ascribed to them
in the Asset Purchase Agreement (as that term is defined in Recital A below).
RECITALS
A. WHEREAS, Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("NU SKIN
ENTERPRISES"), Nu Skin USA, and Nu Skin United States, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement dated effective as of
March 8, 1999 (the "ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT");
B. WHEREAS, pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, Nu Skin Enterprises
purchased the Non-Securities Acquired Assets and the Class A Shares (which
assets are collectively defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement as the "Acquired
Assets"), but did not purchase the Excluded Assets (as that term is defined in
the Asset Purchase Agreement and as the same are listed on Exhibit "A" attached
to the Asset Purchase Agreement);
C. WHEREAS, included among the Excluded Assets are certain leasehold
improvements relating to Big Planet's operations center located at 366 East 1130
South (the "LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS"), which Leasehold Improvements were funded
by Nu Skin USA for the benefit of Big Planet;
D. WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization
entered into as of May 3, 1999 between and among Nu Skin Enterprises, Big Planet
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Nu Skin
Enterprises, Big Planet, Nu Skin USA, Richard W. King, an individual, Kevin V.
Doman, an individual, and Nathan W. Ricks, an individual, as amended by First
Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated as of July 9,
1999, it is contemplated that Big Planet will be merged with and into Big Planet
Holdings, Inc. and become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nu Skin Enterprises to be
operated under the name "Big Planet, Inc.;" and
E. WHEREAS, Nu Skin USA now desires to sell the Leaseholder Improvements to
Big Planet on the terms and conditions and for the consideration set forth in
this Assignment.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
promises herein made, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as
follows.
1. CONTRIBUTION OF LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS. Nu Skin USA hereby sells to Big
Planet all of its right, title, and interest in, to, and under the Leasehold
Improvements in exchange for the Purchase Price (as that term is defined in
Section 2 below).
2. PURCHASE PRICE. Big Planet shall deliver to Nu Skin USA cash in the amount of
Three Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,200,000) in exchange for, and as
the total consideration for, the Leasehold Improvements (the "PURCHASE PRICE"),
which Purchase Price shall be delivered either in cash or paid by wire transfer,
at Big Planet's option, upon the execution of this Assignment by the parties.
<PAGE>
3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF NU SKIN USA. Nu Skin USA hereby represents
and warrants to Big Planet, as of the date of this Assignment, as follows:
3.1 Description. Attached hereto as Schedule 3.1 is a true and compete
description of the Leasehold Improvements and the current net book value of the
Leasehold Improvements (as shown on Nu Skin USA's most recently prepared
financial statements) as of the date of this Assignment.
3.2 Title. Nu Skin USA owns the Leasehold Improvements free and clear of
any liens or encumbrances, and Nu Skin USA has not assigned, transferred,
conveyed, mortgaged, deeded in trust, or in any other way encumbered the
Leasehold Improvements or any interest therein in any manner whatsoever.
3.3 No Disputes. There are no disputes related to the Leasehold
Improvements or the ownership thereof.
4. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND VENUE. This Assignment shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah applicable to
contracts entered into and to be performed entirely within such State, and no
action involving this Assignment may be brought except in the state and federal
courts residing in Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County, Utah.
5. MISCELLANEOUS. The above Recitals and all Schedules attached hereto are
deemed to be incorporated herein by reference and to be made a part hereof. Each
of the parties shall take all actions necessary after the execution of this
Assignment to consummate the assignment of the Leasehold Improvements to Big
Planet as contemplated herein.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
-2-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Assignment of
Leasehold Improvements effective as of the date first set forth above.
MAPLE HILLS INVESTMENT, INC.
By: /s/ Steven J. Lund
Its: President
BIG PLANET, INC.
By: /s/ Richard W. King
Its: President
ATTACHED SCHEDULE:
SCHEDULE 3.1 -- DESCRIPTION OF LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 1997,
1998 and 1999 and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997, 1998 and 1999
have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements. The
financial data as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for the year ended 1995 are
unaudited but, in management's opinion, include all necessary information to
present fairly the information included therein. The Company's consolidated
financial statements for all periods presented before December 31, 1998 have
been combined and restated for the acquisition of Nu Skin International, Inc.
("NSI") and certain other related affiliates in March 1998 (the "NSI
Acquisition").
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
----------------------------------------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999(2)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income Statement Data:
Revenue $435,855 $761,638 $953,422 $913,494 $894,249
Cost of sales 101,474 171,187 191,218 188,457 151,681
Cost of sales - amortization
of inventory step-up -- -- -- 21,600 --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Gross Profit 334,381 590,451 762,204 703,437 742,568
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Operating expenses:
Distributor incentives 139,495 282,588 362,195 331,448 346,951
Selling, general and administrative 115,950 168,706 201,880 202,150 265,770
Distributor stock expense -- 1,990 17,909 -- --
In-process research and development -- -- -- 13,600 --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total operating expenses 255,445 453,284 581,984 547,198 612,721
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Operating income 78,936 137,167 180,220 156,239 129,847
Other income(expense), net 650 10,771 8,973 13,599 (1,411)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income before provision for income
taxes and minority interest 79,586 147,938 189,193 169,838 128,436
Provision for income taxes 19,141 49,526 55,707 62,840 41,742
Minority interest (1) 10,498 13,700 14,993 3,081 --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income $ 49,947 $ 84,712 $118,493 $103,917 $ 86,694
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Net income per share:
Basic $ 0.63 $ 1.07 $ 1.42 $ 1.22 $ 1.00
Diluted $ 0.61 $ 1.02 $ 1.36 $ 1.19 $ 0.99
Weighted average common shares
outstanding (000s):
Basic 78,660 79,194 83,331 84,894 87,081
Diluted 82,459 83,001 87,312 87,018 87,893
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of December 31,
----------------------------------------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999(2)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 84,000 $214,823 $174,300 $188,827 $110,162
Working capital 56,801 143,308 123,220 164,597 74,561
Total assets 182,154 380,482 405,004 606,433 643,215
Short-term notes payable to
stockholders -- 71,487 19,457 -- --
Long-term notes payable to
stockholders -- -- 116,743 -- --
Short-term debt -- -- -- 14,545 55,889
Long-term debt -- -- -- 138,734 89,419
Stockholders' equity 68,363 113,495 94,892 254,642 309,379
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of December 31,
----------------------------------------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Other Operating Data (3):
Number of active distributors 260,000 397,000 448,000 470,000 494,000
Number of executive distributors 8,173 21,479 22,689 22,781 21,005
- ----------
<FN>
(1) Minority interest represents the ownership interest of NSI held by
individuals who are not immediate family members. The minority interest was
purchased as part of the NSI Acquisition on March 26, 1998.
(2) 1999 results include transactions during the year which are discussed in
detail in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations.
(3) Active distributors are those distributors who were resident in the
countries in which the Company operated and purchased products during the
three months ended as of the date indicated. An executive distributor is an
active distributor who has achieved required personal and group sales
volumes. The increase in the number of active distributors in 1999 is
primarily due to the inclusion of distributors formerly licensed to the
Company's affiliate Nu Skin USA, Inc.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of the Company's financial condition and results
of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements and the related notes thereto, which are included in this Annual
Report to Stockholders.
GENERAL
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. (the "Company"), is a leading, global direct
selling company that develops and distributes premium-quality, innovative
personal care and nutritional products and technology, Internet and
telecommunications products and services. In 1999, the Company began
implementing a divisional strategy which created three distinct divisions based
on product lines, each offering a separate and distinct business opportunity.
The Company's revenue is dependent upon the number and productivity of
independent distributors who purchase products and sales materials from the
Company in their local currency for resale to their customers or for personal
use. The Company recognizes revenue when products are shipped and title passes
to these independent distributors. Revenue is net of returns, which have
historically been less than 5.0% of gross sales. Distributor incentives are paid
to several levels of distributors on each product sale. The amount of the
incentive varies depending on the purchaser's position within the Company's
Global Distributor Compensation Plan. These incentives are classified as
operating expenses. The following table sets forth revenue information for the
time periods indicated. This table should be reviewed in connection with the
tables presented under "Results of Operations," which disclose distributor
incentives and other costs associated with generating the aggregate revenue
presented.
Year Ended December 31,
-------------------------------
Region 1997 1998 1999
- ------ -------- -------- --------
(U.S. dollars in millions)
North Asia $ 673.6 $ 665.5 $ 619.3
Southeast Asia 225.3 159.7 140.1
Other Markets 54.5 88.3 134.9
-------- -------- --------
$ 953.4 $ 913.5 $ 894.3
======== ======== ========
Revenue generated in North Asia represented 69% of total revenue generated
during the year ended December 31, 1999. The Company's operations in Japan
generated 97% of the North Asia revenue during the same period. Revenue from
Southeast Asia operations represented 16% of total revenue generated during the
year ended December 31, 1999. The Company's operations in Taiwan generated 74%
of the Southeast Asia revenue during that period. Revenue generated in Other
Markets represented the remaining 15% of total revenue generated during the year
ended December 31, 1999. Operations in North America generated 84% of the Other
Markets revenue during the year ended December 31, 1999. A portion of the Other
Markets revenue during the year ended December 31, 1999 was generated from sales
to and license fees from the Company's North American private affiliates, which
the Company has now acquired.
Cost of sales primarily consists of the cost of products purchased from
third-party vendors (generally in U.S. dollars), the freight cost of shipping
these products to distributors as well as duties related to the importation of
such products. Additionally, cost of sales includes the cost of sales materials
sold to distributors at or near cost. Sales materials are generally purchased in
local currencies. As the sales mix changes between product categories and sales
materials, cost of sales and gross profit may fluctuate to some degree due
primarily to the margin on each product line as well as varying import duty
rates levied on imported product lines. In each of the Company's current
markets, duties are generally higher on nutritional products than on personal
care products. Also, as currency exchange rates fluctuate, the Company's gross
margin will fluctuate.
Distributor incentives are the Company's most significant expense.
Distributor incentives are paid to distributors on a monthly basis based upon
their personal and group sales volume as well as the group sales volume of up to
six levels of executive distributors in their downline sales organization. These
incentives are computed each month based on the sales volume and network of the
Company's global distributor force. Small fluctuations occur in
<PAGE>
the amount of incentives paid as the network of distributors actively
purchasing products changes from month to month. However, due to the size of the
Company's distributor force of approximately 500,000 active distributors, the
fluctuation in the overall payout is relatively small. The overall payout
averages from 39% to 42% of global product sales. Sales materials and starter
kits are not subject to distributor incentives. In addition, a portion of the
sales to the Company's recently acquired North American private affiliates were
not subject to distributor incentives. Distributor incentives include the cost
of computing and paying commissions as well as the cost of incentive programs
for distributors including an annual trip for the Company's leading
distributors. These additional costs average approximately 1% of revenue.
In the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company implemented a one-time
distributor equity incentive program. This global program provided for the
granting of options to distributors to purchase 1.6 million shares of the
Company's Class A common stock. The number of options each distributor received
was based on his or her performance and productivity through August 31, 1997.
The options are exercisable at a price of $5.75 per share and vested on December
31, 1997. The Company recorded a $2.0 million charge in 1996 and recorded
additional charges in 1997 of $17.9 million for the non-cash and nonrecurring
expenses associated with this program. There are currently no plans to repeat
this or similar distributor stock incentive programs.
Selling, general and administrative expenses include wages and benefits,
rents and utilities, travel and entertainment, promotion and advertising,
research and development, professional fees and other operating expenses.
Provision for income taxes is dependent on the statutory tax rates in each
of the countries in which the Company operates. For example, statutory tax rates
are 16.0% in Hong Kong, 25.0% in Taiwan, 30.1% in South Korea and 53.2% in
Japan. The Company operates a regional business center in Hong Kong, which bears
inventory obsolescence and currency exchange risks. In addition, since the
incorporation of the Company in 1996, the Company has been subject to taxation
in the United States, where it is incorporated, at a statutory corporate federal
tax rate of 35.0%. However, the Company receives foreign tax credits in the
United States for the amount of foreign taxes actually paid in a given period,
which are utilized to reduce taxes in the United States to the extent allowed.
In March 1998, the Company completed the acquisition (the "NSI
Acquisition") of the capital stock of Nu Skin International, Inc. ("NSI") and
the Company's other previously privately-held affiliates in Europe, Australia
and New Zealand (collectively the "Acquired Entities"). Inasmuch as a portion of
the Acquired Entities were under common control, the Company's consolidated
financial statements have been combined and restated as if the Company and the
Acquired Entities had been combined during all periods presented. The Company
allocated $43.6 million of the purchase price to goodwill, intellectual property
and other intangible assets.
Minority interest represents the ownership interest of NSI held by
individuals who are not immediate family members of the majority-interest
holders. The minority interest was purchased as part of the NSI Acquisition.
In October 1998, the Company acquired Generation Health Holdings, Inc., the
parent of Pharmanex, Inc. (the "Pharmanex Acquisition"). With the Pharmanex
Acquisition, the Company increased its nutritional product development and
formulation capabilities. In connection with the Pharmanex Acquisition, the
Company allocated $92.4 million to goodwill, intellectual property and other
intangible assets and $13.6 million to purchased in-process research and
development. During 1998, the Company fully wrote off the in-process research
and development amount.
In March 1999, NSI terminated its distribution license and various other
license agreements and other intercompany agreements with Nu Skin USA, Inc. ("Nu
Skin USA") and paid Nu Skin USA a $10.0 million termination fee. The Company
also acquired selected assets of Nu Skin USA in March 1999 through a newly
formed wholly-owned subsidiary and assumed approximately $8.0 million of Nu Skin
USA liabilities. In May 1999, the Company completed the acquisition of its
affiliates in Canada, Mexico and Guatemala.
In July 1999, the Company completed the acquisition (the "Big Planet
Acquisition") of Big Planet, Inc. ("Big Planet"). In connection with the Big
Planet Acquisition, the Company loaned Big Planet approximately $4.5 million to
redeem the option holders and certain management stockholders of Big Planet.
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following tables set forth operating results and operating results as a
percentage of revenue, respectively, for the periods indicated.
Year Ended December 31,
------------------------------
1997 1998 1999
-------- -------- --------
(U.S. dollars in millions)
Revenue $ 953.4 $ 913.5 $ 894.3
Cost of sales 191.2 188.5 151.7
Cost of sales - amortization of
inventory step-up -- 21.6 --
-------- -------- --------
Gross profit 762.2 703.4 742.6
-------- -------- --------
Operating expenses:
Distributor incentives 362.2 331.4 347.0
Selling, general and administrative 201.9 202.2 265.8
Distributor stock expense 17.9 -- --
In-process research and development -- 13.6 --
-------- -------- --------
Total operating expenses 582.0 547.2 612.8
-------- -------- --------
Operating income 180.2 156.2 129.8
Other income(expense), net 9.0 13.6 (1.4)
-------- -------- --------
Income before provision for income taxes
and minority interest 189.2 169.8 128.4
Provision for income taxes 55.7 62.8 41.7
Minority interest 15.0 3.1 --
-------- -------- --------
Net income $ 118.5 $ 103.9 $ 86.7
======== ======== ========
Unaudited supplemental data(1):
Income before pro forma provision for
income taxes and minority interest $ 189.2 $ 169.8
Pro forma provision for income taxes 71.9 66.0
Pro forma minority interest 9.3 1.9
-------- --------
Pro forma net income $ 108.0 $ 101.9
======== ========
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
------------------------------
1997 1998 1999
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Cost of sales 20.1 20.6 17.0
Cost of sales-- amortization of
inventory step-up -- 2.4 --
-------- -------- --------
Gross profit 79.9 77.0 83.0
-------- -------- --------
Operating expenses:
Distributor incentives 38.0 36.3 38.8
Selling, general and administrative 21.2 22.1 29.7
Distributor stock expense 1.9 -- --
In-process research and development -- 1.5 --
-------- -------- --------
Total operating expenses 61.1 59.9 68.5
-------- -------- --------
Operating income 18.8 17.1 14.5
Other income (expense), net .9 1.5 (.1)
-------- -------- --------
Income before provision for income taxes
and minority interest 19.7 18.6 14.4
Provision for income taxes 5.8 6.9 4.7
Minority interest 1.5 .3 --
-------- -------- --------
Net income 12.4% 11.4% 9.7%
======== ======== ========
Unaudited supplemental data(1):
Income before pro forma provision for
income taxes and minority interest 19.7% 18.6%
Pro forma provision for income taxes 7.5 7.2
Pro forma minority interest .9 .2
-------- --------
Pro forma net income 11.3% 11.2%
======== ========
- ----------
<FN>
(1) Reflects adjustment for federal and state income taxes as if the Company's
subsidiaries had been taxed as C corporations rather than as S corporations
for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
1999 COMPARED TO 1998
REVENUE decreased 2.1% to $894.3 million from $913.5 million for the years
ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The decrease in revenue resulted
primarily from a significant decline in local currency revenue in Japan and was
somewhat offset by favorable comparative exchange rates and the addition of
revenue from Big Planet after the Big Planet Acquisition in July 1999 and the
Company's operations in the United States after the termination of the Company's
license agreement with Nu Skin USA in March 1999.
Revenue in North Asia, which consists of Japan and South Korea, decreased
6.9% to $619.3 million from $665.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1999
and 1998, respectively. This decline in revenue was a result of revenue in Japan
decreasing $51.8 million or 7.9% to $602.4 million in 1999 from $654.2 million
in the prior year. Revenue in Japan in U.S. dollar terms for 1999 benefitted
from a 12.7% increase in the strength of the Japanese yen relative to the U.S.
dollar. In local currency, revenue in Japan decreased 19.7% in 1999 versus 1998.
Sales activity in Japan was affected negatively during 1999 by distributor
uncertainty concerning the implementation of the Company's divisional model and
other issues associated with compensation plan requirements and the Company's
effort to enforce distributor policies and procedures. In addition, competitive
conditions and weakness in consumer confidence also significantly impacted
revenue in Japan. The decline in revenue in Japan was somewhat offset by
increases in revenue in South Korea.
Revenue in Southeast Asia, which consists of Taiwan, Thailand, Hong Kong,
the Philippines, Australia and New Zealand, totaled $140.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 1999, down from revenue of $159.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998, a decrease of $19.6 million. This decline in revenue was
primarily a result of revenue in Taiwan decreasing to $103.6 million in 1999
from $119.5 million in the prior year. During 1999, the Company's operations in
Taiwan suffered the impact of a devastating earthquake, which occurred during
the third quarter of 1999. In addition, operations in Taiwan have continued to
suffer the impact of increased competition and an overall decline in sales in
the direct selling industry in Taiwan, which management believes is largely due
to the uncertainty of the viability of direct selling activities in the People's
Republic of China as well as economic concerns throughout Southeast Asia.
Revenue in the Company's other markets, which include the United Kingdom,
Austria, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Iceland, Italy, Ireland, Luxemburg,
Norway, Poland, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, the Netherlands, Brazil, Canada,
Mexico, Guatemala and the United States increased 52.8% to $134.9 million from
$88.3 million for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. This
increase in revenue was primarily due to the additional revenue stream of $83.8
million from sales in the United States resulting from the termination of the
Company's license agreement with Nu Skin USA, which occurred in March 1999, and
the additional revenue of $11.4 million resulting from the Big Planet
Acquisition, which occurred in July 1999. This additional revenue more than
offset the elimination of revenue from sales to the Company's former affiliates
in these markets, which revenue is now eliminated in consolidation.
GROSS PROFIT as a percentage of revenue was 83.0% for the year ended
December 31, 1999 compared to 77.0% for the year ended December 31, 1998. The
increase in the gross profit as a percentage of revenue for 1999 resulted from
the strengthening of the Japanese yen and other Asian currencies relative to the
U.S. dollar, higher margin sales to distributors in the United States following
the termination of the Company's license agreement with Nu Skin USA, increased
local manufacturing efforts and reduced duty rates. In addition, in 1998, the
Company recorded amortization of inventory step-up related to the NSI
Acquisition of $21.6 million which did not recur in 1999. The Company's gross
margin was negatively impacted by the Big Planet Acquisition, which includes the
sale of lower margin technology products and services. The Company purchases a
significant majority of goods in U.S. dollars and recognizes revenue in local
currency and is consequently subject to exchange rate risks in its gross
margins.
DISTRIBUTOR INCENTIVES as a percentage of revenue increased to 38.8% for
the year ended December 31, 1999 from 36.3% for the year ended December 31,
1998. The primary reason for the increase in 1999 was the termination of the
Company's license agreement with Nu Skin USA which resulted in the Company
beginning to sell products to distributors in the United States and paying the
requisite commissions related to those sales. In addition, the
<PAGE>
Company recently restructured its compensation plan, adding short-term,
division-focused incentives, which increased compensation to the Company's
entry-level distributors in the later part of 1999.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE expenses as a percentage of revenue
increased to 29.7% for the year ended December 31, 1999 from 22.1% for the year
ended December 31, 1998. In U.S. dollar terms, selling, general and
administrative expenses increased to $265.8 million for the year ended December
31, 1999 from $202.2 million in 1998. This increase was due to stronger foreign
currencies in 1999, primarily the Japanese yen, which resulted in higher
expenses of approximately $14.2 million in Japan. In addition, selling, general
and administrative expenses increased due to $29.5 million in additional
overhead expenses relating to the operations in North America following the
acquisition of certain assets from Nu Skin USA in March 1999 and operations in
Canada, Mexico and Guatemala in May 1999, an additional $14.9 million in 1999 of
amortization expense resulting from the Company's acquisitions of NSI, Pharmanex
and Big Planet, and an additional $14.1 million of selling, general and
administrative expenses relating to the Big Planet Acquisition.
OPERATING INCOME decreased to $129.8 million for the year ended December
31, 1999 from $156.2 million in 1998 and operating margin decreased to 14.5% for
the year ended December 31, 1999 from 17.1% in 1998. Operating income and margin
decreased due to the declines in local currency revenue in Japan and the
increases in distributor incentives and selling, general and administrative
expenses, which more than offset the improvements in gross margins and the
expense recorded in 1998 relating to in-process research and development, which
did not recur in 1999.
OTHER INCOME decreased to an expense of $1.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1999 from income of $13.6 million in 1998. This decrease in other
income was primarily due to the significant hedging gains recorded in 1998 from
forward contracts and intercompany loans resulting from a stronger Japanese yen
in relation to the U.S. dollar, which did not recur in 1999.
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES decreased to $41.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 1999 from $62.8 million in 1998. This decrease is due to a reduced
effective tax rate from 37.0% in 1998 to 32.5% in 1999. This significant
decrease in the effective tax rate in 1999 is related to the Company's ability
to utilize foreign tax credits as a result of the Company's global tax planning.
The pro forma provision for income taxes presents income taxes as if NSI and its
affiliates had been taxed as C corporations rather than as S corporations for
the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.
NET INCOME decreased to $86.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999
from $103.9 million in 1998 and net income as a percentage of revenue decreased
to 9.7% for the year ended December 31, 1999 from 11.4% in 1998. Net income
decreased primarily because of the factors noted above in "operating income" and
"other income," and was somewhat offset by the factors noted in "provision for
income taxes" above.
1998 COMPARED TO 1997
REVENUE decreased 4.2% to $913.5 million from $953.4 million for the years
ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The decrease in revenue resulted
primarily from significant weakening of the Japanese yen and other Asian
currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, an increasing competitive environment in
Taiwan and the economic recession in Asia, particularly in South Korea and
Thailand. These factors more than offset the increase in revenue from the
Company's other markets including license fees from and product sales to the
Company's private North American affiliated entities.
Revenue in North Asia, which consists of Japan and South Korea, decreased
1.2% to $665.5 million from $673.6 million for the years ended December 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively. The economic recession and a weakened currency in South
Korea resulted in a significant decline in South Korean revenue from $74.2
million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $11.4 million in 1998. This
revenue decline was partially offset by revenue in Japan which increased from
$599.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $654.2 million in 1998.
In U.S. dollar terms, the increase in revenue in Japan was 9.1% and was 17.6% in
local currency terms from 1997 to 1998. This increase is attributed to continued
growth of the personal care and nutritional product lines.
<PAGE>
Revenue in Southeast Asia, which consists of Taiwan, Thailand, Hong Kong,
the Philippines, Australia and New Zealand, totaled $159.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1998, down from revenue of $225.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997, a decrease of 29.1%. The Company's operations in Taiwan
suffered the impact of increased competition, currency devaluation and the
People's Republic of China's temporary ban on direct selling, where many
Taiwanese distributors had hoped to expand their businesses, which resulted in a
decline in revenue from $168.6 million in 1997 to $119.5 million in 1998. In
addition, the Company's operations in Thailand were impacted negatively by
Thailand's economic recession and currency devaluation resulting in a revenue
decrease to $8.3 million in 1998 from $22.8 million in 1997.
The declines in North and Southeast Asia were partially offset by aggregate
revenue increases in the Company's other markets, which included the United
Kingdom, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, France, Belgium, Spain, Portugal,
Ireland, Austria, Poland, Denmark, Sweden, Brazil and product sales to and
license fees from the Company's private affiliates. Aggregate revenue in these
markets increased to $88.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 from
$54.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, an increase of 62.0%. These
increases were primarily due to increased revenue from the Company's North
American private affiliates as well as increased sales from the openings of the
Company's operations in Poland, Denmark, Sweden and Brazil in 1998 and the
introduction of nutritional products in several European markets in 1998.
GROSS PROFIT as a percentage of revenue was 77.0% for the year ended
December 31, 1998 compared to 79.9% for the year ended December 31, 1997. The
amortization of the step-up of inventory from the NSI Acquisition increased cost
of sales by $21.6 million during the second and third quarters for the year
ended December 31, 1998. Without this nonrecurring charge, gross profit as a
percentage of revenue would have been 79.4% for the year ended December 31,
1998. The Company purchases goods in U.S. dollars and recognizes revenue in
local currency and is consequently subjected to exchange rate risks in its gross
margins. The negative pressure on gross margins, primarily due to weakened
currencies throughout the Company's Asian markets, was somewhat offset by gross
margin improvement as a result of price increases in certain markets in 1998. In
addition, increased local manufacturing, including the local manufacturing in
Taiwan of LifePak, the Company's leading nutritional product, improved and
stabilized gross margins.
DISTRIBUTOR INCENTIVES as a percentage of revenue decreased to 36.3% for
the year ended December 31, 1998 from 38.0% for the year ended December 31,
1997. The primary reason for this decrease was increased revenue in 1998 from
product sales to and license fees from the Company's North American private
affiliates which was not subject to incentives being paid by the Company.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE expenses as a percentage of revenue
increased to 22.1% for the year ended December 31, 1998 from 21.2% for the year
ended December 31, 1997. This increase as a percentage of revenue was primarily
due to weakened Asian currencies and continued U.S. dollar-based selling,
general and administrative expenses. In dollar terms, selling, general and
administrative expenses increased slightly from $201.9 million in 1997 to $202.2
million in 1998.
DISTRIBUTOR STOCK EXPENSE of $17.9 million for the year ended December 31,
1997 reflects a one-time grant of distributor stock options at an exercise price
of $5.75 per share, 25% of the per share offering price in the Company's initial
public offering completed in November 1996. This non-cash expense is
nonrecurring and was only recorded in the fourth quarter of 1996 and in each of
the four quarters of 1997. There are currently no plans to repeat this or other
similar distributor stock incentive programs.
IN-PROCESS RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT expense of $13.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 1998 reflects a one-time expense for research and development
intangible assets purchased in the Pharmanex Acquisition during the fourth
quarter of 1998. This non-cash expense is nonrecurring and was only recorded in
the fourth quarter of 1998.
OPERATING INCOME decreased 13.3% to $156.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998 from $180.2 million in 1997. Operating margin decreased to
17.1% in 1998 from 18.8% in 1997. The operating income and margin decreases
resulted from declines in U.S. dollar revenue in North and Southeast Asia, lower
gross margins as
<PAGE>
a result of significant weakening in foreign currencies in North and Southeast
Asia and by the nonrecurring amortization of inventory step-up and in-process
research and development expenses recorded in the Company's other markets in
1998, and was partially offset by the distributor stock expense recorded in
1997.
OTHER INCOME increased to $13.6 million for the year ended December 31,
1998 from $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1997. The increase was
primarily caused by Japanese yen-based hedging gains from forward contracts and
intercompany loans during 1998.
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES increased to $62.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998 from $55.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 due to
an increase in the effective tax rate from 29.4% in 1997 to 37.0% in 1998, which
more than offset the decreased operating income in 1998 compared to 1997. The
increase in the effective tax rate is due to the Acquired Entities being taxed
as C corporations rather than as S corporations during most of 1998. The pro
forma provision for income taxes decreased to $66.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998 from $71.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 due to
decreased income in 1998. The pro forma provision for income taxes presents
income taxes as if the Acquired Entities had been taxed as C corporations rather
than as S corporations for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.
MINORITY INTEREST represents the ownership interest of NSI held by
individuals who are not immediate family members. The minority interest was
purchased as part of the NSI Acquisition on March 26, 1998.
NET INCOME decreased by $14.6 million to $103.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998 compared with the same period in 1997 primarily due to the
amortization of inventory step-up and in-process research and development
expense recorded in 1998 partially offset by distributor stock expense recorded
in 1997. Net income as a percentage of revenue decreased to 11.4% for the year
ended December 31, 1998 as compared to 12.4% for the same period in 1997.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Historically, the Company's principal needs for funds have been for
distributor incentives, working capital (principally inventory purchases),
operating expenses, capital expenditures and the development of operations in
new markets. The Company has generally relied entirely on cash flow from
operations to meet its business objectives without incurring long-term debt to
unrelated third parties to fund operating activities.
The Company generates significant cash flow from operations due to
favorable gross margins and minimal capital requirements. Additionally, the
Company does not generally extend credit to distributors but requires payment
prior to shipping products. This process eliminates the need for significant
accounts receivable from distributors. During the first and third quarters of
each year, the Company pays significant accrued income taxes in many foreign
jurisdictions including Japan. These large cash payments generally more than
offset significant cash generated in these quarters. During the year ended
December 31, 1999, the Company generated $30.3 million from operations compared
to $118.6 million generated during the year ended December 31, 1998. This
decrease in cash generated from operations is due in large part to reduced net
income in 1999 compared to 1998 (excluding amortization of the NSI and Pharmanex
acquisitions). In addition, due to the Company's 1999 operations and global tax
planning, approximately $66.2 million of future tax assets and reduced tax
liabilities have been generated as of December 31, 1999.
As of December 31, 1999, working capital was $74.6 million compared to
$164.6 million as of December 31, 1998. This decrease is primarily due to the
increase at December 31, 1999 in the current portion of long-term debt, reduced
cash generated from operations in 1999 and cash payments and accrued payables
relating to the Big Planet Acquisition. Cash and cash equivalents at December
31, 1999 and December 31, 1998 were $110.2 million and $188.8 million,
respectively. The significant decrease in cash and cash equivalents at December
31, 1999 relates to the factors noted above that resulted in decreases in cash
generated from operations in 1999. In addition, decreases in cash also related
to $26.9 million in payments for repurchases of shares of the Company's Class A
common stock and $25.0 million in payments during 1999 to stockholders in
accordance with the terms of the NSI Acquisition.
<PAGE>
Capital expenditures, primarily for equipment, computer systems and
software, office furniture and leasehold improvements, were $29.7 million and
$18.3 million for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. In
addition, the Company anticipates capital expenditures in 2000 of approximately
$35.0 million to further enhance its infrastructure, including enhancements to
computer systems and software and call-center facilities.
In March 1998, the Company completed the NSI Acquisition. Pursuant to the
terms of the NSI Acquisition, NSI and the Company met earnings growth targets in
1998 resulting in a contingent payment to the stockholders of NSI (the "NSI
Stockholders") of $25.0 million. The Company and NSI did not meet specific
earnings growth targets for the year ended December 31, 1999. However,
contingent upon NSI and the Company meeting earnings growth targets over the
next two years, the Company may pay up to $75.0 million in cash over the next
two years to the NSI Stockholders. The contingent consideration of $25.0 million
earned in 1998 was paid in the second quarter of 1999 and has been accounted for
as an adjustment to the purchase price and allocated to the assets and
liabilities of the Acquired Entities. Any additional contingent consideration
paid over the next two years, if any, will be accounted for in a similar manner.
In May 1998, the Company and its Japanese subsidiary Nu Skin Japan Co.,
Ltd. entered into a $180.0 million credit facility (the "Credit Facility") with
a syndicate of financial institutions for which ABN-AMRO, N.V. acted as agent.
The Credit Facility was used to satisfy liabilities which were assumed as part
of the NSI Acquisition. The Company borrowed $110.0 million and Nu Skin Japan
Co., Ltd. borrowed the Japanese yen equivalent of $70.0 million denominated in
local currency. Payments totaling $41.6 million were made during the second
quarter of 1998 and payments totaling $14.5 million were made during the first
quarter of 1999 relating to the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 1999, the
balance relating to the Credit Facility totaled $145.3 million of which
approximately $55.9 million is due in 2000 and approximately $89.4 million is
due in 2001. The U.S. portion of the Credit Facility bears interest at either a
base rate as specified in the Credit Facility plus an applicable margin or the
London Inter-Bank Offer Rate plus an applicable margin, in the Company's
discretion. The Japanese portion of the Credit Facility bears interest at the
applicable Tokyo Inter-Bank Offer Rate plus an applicable margin. The maturity
date of the Credit Facility is three years from the borrowing date, with a
possible extension upon receipt of lender approval. The Credit Facility provides
that the amounts borrowed are to be used for general corporate purposes. The
Company is currently in compliance with all financial and other covenants under
the Credit Facility except for a covenant requiring the Company to maintain a
fixed charge coverage ratio of 3.0 times. The Company obtained a waiver of this
default for the quarter ended December 31, 1999.
During 1999, the Company renewed a $10.0 million revolving credit agreement
with ABN-AMRO, N.V. Advances are available under the agreement through May 18,
2000 with a possible extension upon approval of the lender. There were no
outstanding balances under this credit facility at December 31, 1999.
During 1998, the board of directors authorized the Company to repurchase up
to $20.0 million of the Company's outstanding shares of Class A common stock and
in July 1999, the board of directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to
an additional $10.0 million of the Company's Class A common stock. The
repurchases are used primarily to fund the Company's equity incentive plans. For
the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, the Company had repurchased
1,364,218 shares and 917,254 shares for an aggregate price of approximately
$17.1 million and $10.5 million, respectively. In addition, in March 1999, the
board of directors separately authorized and the Company completed the purchase
of approximately 700,000 shares of the Company's Class A common stock from Nu
Skin USA and certain stockholders for approximately $10.0 million. In February
2000, the board of directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to an
additional $10.0 million of the Company's Class A common stock.
As part of the Pharmanex Acquisition, the Company assumed approximately
$34.0 million in liabilities and incurred acquisition costs totaling $1.3
million. The acquired net assets of $3.6 million include net deferred tax assets
totaling $0.8 million. In connection with the closing of the Pharmanex
Acquisition, the Company paid approximately $29.0 million relating to assumed
liabilities.
In March 1999, NSI terminated its distribution license and various other
license agreements and other intercompany agreements with Nu Skin USA and paid
Nu Skin USA a $10.0 million termination fee. The Company
<PAGE>
also, through a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired selected assets
of Nu Skin USA and assumed approximately $8.0 million of Nu Skin USA's
liabilities in March 1999. In May 1999, the Company completed the acquisition of
its private affiliates in Canada, Mexico and Guatemala for approximately $2.0
million (inclusive of cash distributed by the acquired entities prior to
closing) in cash and assumed net liabilities of approximately $4.0 million.
In July 1999, the Company completed the Big Planet Acquisition for an
aggregate of approximately $29.2 million, of which approximately $14.6 million
was paid in the form of a promissory note and approximately $14.6 million was
paid in cash. In connection with the closing of the Big Planet Acquisition, the
Company loaned Big Planet approximately $4.5 million to redeem the option
holders and management stockholders of Big Planet. In addition, the Company
loaned Big Planet approximately $10.3 million to fund Big Planet operations
through the closing of the acquisition. Big Planet incurred operating losses of
approximately $22.0 million in 1998, approximately $22.8 million from the period
January 1, 1999 through July 12, 1999 and approximately $13.7 million from the
period July 13, 1999 through December 31, 1999. The Company anticipates Big
Planet will continue to incur operating losses for the next several years.
Management believes that the Company's cash flows from current operations will
be able to fund such Big Planet losses. Big Planet has agreed to purchase
technology, Internet and telecommunications products, services and equipment
from several suppliers. If Big Planet does not satisfy the terms of its
commitments under these agreements, the total aggregate termination penalty
could be approximately $24.7 million. The largest of these purchase commitments
is for long distance telecommunications services. At the current level of long
distance service provided to Big Planet customers and assuming reasonable
growth, management believes that Big Planet will be able to satisfy the majority
of this purchase commitment. Big Planet is currently renegotiating the terms of
this agreement.
The Company had related party payables of $15.1 million and $25.0 million
at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. In addition, the Company had
related party receivables of $16.4 million and $22.3 million, respectively, at
those dates. Related party balances outstanding in excess of 60 days beyond the
date they become due and payable bear interest at a rate of 2% above the U.S.
prime rate. As of December 31, 1999, no material related party payables or
receivables had been outstanding for more than 60 days beyond the date they
became due and payable.
The Company leases office space and computer hardware under noncancellable
long-term operating leases. The Company had minimum future operating lease
obligations at December 31, 1999 of $29.5 million and has minimum obligations
for 2000 of $8.5 million.
Management considers the Company to be sufficiently liquid to be able to
meet its obligations on both a short and long-term basis. Management currently
believes existing cash balances together with future cash flows from operations
will be adequate to fund cash needs relating to the implementation of the
Company's strategic plans.
SEASONALITY
In addition to general economic factors, the direct selling industry is
impacted by seasonal factors and trends such as major cultural events and
vacation patterns. For example, Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong, South Korea and
Thailand celebrate their respective local New Year in our first quarter.
Management believes that direct selling in Japan and Europe is also generally
negatively impacted during the month of August, which is in the Company's third
quarter, when many individuals traditionally take vacations.
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTOR INFORMATION
The following table provides information concerning the number of active
and executive distributors as of the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of December 31, 1997 As of December 31, 1998 As of December 31,1999 (1)
----------------------- ----------------------- --------------------------
Active Executive Active Executive Active Executive
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
North Asia 318,000 16,654 331,000 17,311 311,000 14,601
Southeast Asia 121,000 5,642 120,000 5,091 113,000 3,419
Other Markets 9,000 393 19,000 379 70,000 2,985
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------- -------------
Total 448,000 22,689 470,000 22,781 494,000 21,005
========= =========== ========= =========== ========== =============
- ----------
<FN>
(1) The increase in the number of active and executive distributors is
primarily due to the inclusion of distributors formerly licensed to Nu Skin
USA.
</FN>
</TABLE>
QUARTERLY RESULTS
The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly data for the
periods shown, restated for the NSI Acquisition.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1999
------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
(U.S. dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue $ 227.9 $ 209.1 $ 217.9 $ 258.7 $ 233.8 $ 211.3 $ 220.1 $ 229.1
Gross profit 182.2 151.5 164.9 204.9 192.8 175.3 182.5 192.0
Operating income 51.0 29.6 37.4 38.3 47.1 32.4 30.4 19.9
Net income 33.7 22.0 25.5 22.8 30.8 22.0 21.1 12.8
Net income per share:
Basic 0.41 0.26 0.30 0.26 0.35 0.25 0.25 0.15
Diluted 0.39 0.25 0.30 0.26 0.35 0.25 0.24 0.15
</TABLE>
CURRENCY RISK AND EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION
A majority of the Company's revenue and many of the Company's expenses are
recognized primarily outside of the United States except for inventory purchases
which are primarily transacted in U.S. dollars from vendors in the United
States. Each subsidiary's local currency is considered the functional currency.
All revenue and expenses are translated at weighted average exchange rates for
the periods reported. Therefore, the Company's reported sales and earnings will
be positively impacted by a weakening of the U.S. dollar and will be negatively
impacted by a strengthening of the U.S. dollar.
Given the uncertainty of exchange rate fluctuations, the Company cannot
estimate the effect of these fluctuations on the Company's future business,
product pricing, results of operations or financial condition. However, because
a majority of the Company's revenue is realized in local currencies and the
majority of the Company's cost of sales is denominated in U.S. dollars, the
Company's gross profits will be positively affected by a weakening in the U.S.
dollar and will be negatively affected by a strengthening in the U.S. dollar.
The Company seeks to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange
rates by creating offsetting positions through the use of foreign currency
exchange contracts and through intercompany loans of foreign currency. The
Company does not use such derivative financial instruments for trading or
speculative purposes. The Company regularly monitors its foreign currency risks
and periodically takes measures to reduce the impact of foreign exchange
fluctuations on the Company's operating results.
The Company's foreign currency derivatives are comprised of
over-the-counter forward contracts with major international financial
institutions. As of December 31, 1999, the primary currency for which the
Company had net underlying foreign currency exchange rate exposure was the
Japanese yen. Based on the Company's foreign exchange contracts at December 31,
1999 as discussed in Note 16 of the notes to the Consolidated Financial
<PAGE>
Statements, the impact of a 10% appreciation or 10% depreciation of the U.S.
dollar against the Japanese yen would not result in significant other income or
expense recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Following are the weighted average currency exchange rates of US $1 into
local currency for each of the Company's markets in which revenue exceeded US
$5.0 million for at least one of the quarters listed:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
---------------------------------- ---------------------------------- ----------------------------------
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Japan 121.4 119.1 118.1 125.6 128.2 135.9 139.5 119.3 116.8 120.8 112.4 104.1
Taiwan 27.5 27.7 28.4 31.0 32.8 33.6 34.5 32.6 32.6 32.7 32.0 31.7
Hong Kong 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8
South Korea 863.9 889.6 894.8 1,097.0 1,585.7 1,392.6 1,327.0 1,278.9 1,197.6 1,189.4 1,195.2 1,170.9
</TABLE>
OUTLOOK
Management's outlook for the year 2000 and beyond is contingent upon the
success of its strategy of dividing the Company's historical business into three
distinct divisions of products and opportunities: Nu Skin (personal care
products), Pharmanex (nutritional products), and Big Planet (technology,
Internet and telecommunications products and services). Each of these divisions
is supported by Nu Skin Enterprises' resources, expertise and knowledge of
direct selling. During 1999, the divisional strategy was implemented or
announced in major markets. While implementation caused some disruption in the
distributor force, management believes that its strategy is beginning to
generate signs of growth, particularly in the United States, where the strategy
has been developing since mid-1998. Revenue growth in the year 2000 and for the
next several years, will depend upon the successful execution of this strategy
in the Company's international markets, particularly Japan, Taiwan and South
Korea. Management believes that this strategy, which was launched in Asia in
late 1999 and early 2000, will take more time to develop.
Gross margins are anticipated to remain strong as the Company continues to
focus on selling differentiated, high margin goods. As Big Planet becomes a more
significant part of the Company's overall business, gross margins will decrease
due to the lower margin goods and services provided by Big Planet. Distributor
incentives are anticipated to continue at historical rates. Selling, general and
administrative costs are anticipated to slightly increase during 2000 from 1999
as the Company continues to spend on promotional and other initiatives to
generate revenue growth. While the Company experienced reduced tax rates in
1999, management believes that its corporate tax rates will return to historical
levels in the year 2000.
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
With the exception of historical facts, the statements contained in this
Annual Report and Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations, are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning
of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the"Reform Act") which
reflect the Company's current expectations and beliefs regarding the future
results of operations, performance and achievements of the Company. These
statements are subject to risks and uncertainties and are based upon assumptions
and beliefs that may not materialize. These forward-looking statements include,
but are not limited to, statements concerning: (i) the Company's belief that
existing cash and cash flow from operations will be adequate to fund cash needs;
(ii) management's belief that the Company's divisional strategy is beginning to
generate signs of growth particularly in the United States; (iii) management's
belief that the divisional strategy will take more time to develop; (iv)
management's anticipation that gross margins will remain strong, distributor
incentives will generally continue at historical rates, selling, general and
administrative expenses will be slightly higher in 2000, and that tax rates will
return to historical levels; (v) the Company's plan to implement forward
contracts and other hedging strategies to manage foreign currency risks; and
(vi) management's belief that Big Planet will be able to satisfy the majority of
its purchase commitment and the related renegotiation. In addition, when used in
this report, the words or phrases, "will likely result," "expects,"
"anticipates," " will continue," "intends," "plans," "believes," "the Company or
management believes," and similar expressions are intended to help identify
forward looking statements.
<PAGE>
The Company wishes to caution readers that the risks and uncertainties set
forth below, and the other risks and factors described herein and in the
Company's other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (which
contain a more detailed discussion of the risks and uncertainties related to the
Company's business) could cause (and in some cases in the past have caused) the
Company's actual results and outcomes to differ materially from those discussed
or anticipated. The Company also wishes to advise readers that it is not
obligated to update or revise these forward looking statements to reflect new
events or circumstances. Important factors and risks that might cause actual
results to differ from those anticipated include, but are not limited to:
(a) Management's ability to successfully integrate the business of
Pharmanex and Big Planet with the Company's existing operations
and shift to a product-based divisional structure, which is
subject to risks including continued or renewed confusion or
uncertainty among the Company's distributors which the Company
believes has adversely affected the productivity of the Company's
distributors during the last few quarters, and potential
unforeseen expenses or difficulties in shifting to a divisional
strategy.
(b) The risk that the improved fourth quarter results in the United
States will not be sustained in future quarters and may not be
indicative of the rollout of divisions in Japan or the future
strength of the Company's divisional plans.
(c) The ability of the Company to retain its key and executive level
distributors. The Company has experienced a reduction in the
number of active and executive distributors. Because the
Company's products are distributed exclusively through its
distributors, the Company's divisional strategy and its operating
results could be adversely affected if the Company's existing and
new business opportunities and products do not generate
sufficient economic incentive to retain its existing distributors
or to sponsor new distributors, or if the Company receives
adverse publicity.
(d) Because a substantial majority of the Company's sales are
generated from the Asian region, particularly Japan and Taiwan,
significant variations in operating results including revenue,
gross margin and earnings from those expected could be caused by
(i) renewed or sustained weakness of Asian economies or consumer
confidence, or (ii) any weakening of foreign currencies,
particularly the yen, which has recently strengthened
significantly and helped offset the effects of the decline in
local currency revenue in Japan, and the risk that the Company
will not be able to favorably implement forward contracts and
other hedging strategies to manage foreign currency risk.
(e) Adverse business or political conditions, continued competitive
pressure, the maturity of the direct sales channel in certain of
the Company's markets, adverse publicity, or changes in laws and
regulations (including any increased government regulation of
direct selling activities and products in existing and future
markets such as the People's Republic of China's restrictions on
direct selling or changes in U.S. or foreign tax regulations),
unanticipated increases in expenses, the Company's reliance on
outside manufacturers, and general business risks that could
adversely affect the Company's ability to sell products and
expand or maintain its existing distributor force or otherwise
adversely affect its operating results.
(f) Risks associated with the Company's new business opportunities,
new product offerings and new markets, including: any
legal or regulatory restrictions, particularly those applicable
to nutritional products and the products and services
offered by Big Planet, that might delay or prevent the Company
from introducing such opportunities and products into
all of its markets or limit the ability of the Company to
effectively market such products, the risk that such
opportunities and products will not gain market acceptance or
meet the Company's expectations as a result of increased
competition, any lack of market acceptance by consumers or the
Company's distributors, and the risk that sales from such
new business opportunities and product offerings could reduce
sales of existing products and not generate significant
incremental revenue growth.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
----------------------------
1998 1999
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents $ 188,827 $ 110,162
Accounts receivable 13,777 18,160
Related parties receivable 22,255 16,424
Inventories, net 79,463 85,751
Prepaid expenses and other 50,475 52,388
---------- ----------
354,797 282,885
Property and equipment, net 42,218 57,948
Other assets, net 209,418 302,382
---------- ----------
Total assets $ 606,433 $ 643,215
========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
Accounts payable $ 17,903 $ 22,685
Accrued expenses 132,723 114,691
Related parties payable 25,029 15,059
Current portion of long-term debt 14,545 55,889
---------- ----------
190,200 208,324
Long-term debt, less current portion 138,734 89,419
Other liabilities 22,857 36,093
---------- ----------
Total liabilities 351,791 333,836
---------- ----------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 12 and 19)
Stockholders' equity
Preferred stock - 25,000,000 shares authorized, $.001 par value, no shares
issued and outstanding -- --
Class A common stock - 500,000,000 shares authorized, $.001 par value,
33,709,251 and 32,002,158 shares issued and outstanding 34 32
Class B common stock - 100,000,000 shares authorized, $.001 par value,
54,606,905 shares issued and outstanding 55 55
Additional paid-in capital 146,781 119,652
Accumulated other comprehensive income (43,604) (48,220)
Retained earnings 158,064 244,758
Deferred compensation (6,688) (6,898)
---------- ----------
254,642 309,379
---------- ----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 606,433 $ 643,215
========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
--------------------------------------------
1997 1998 1999
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue $ 953,422 $ 913,494 $ 894,249
Cost of sales 191,218 188,457 151,681
Cost of sales-amortization of inventory step-up (Note 3) -- 21,600 --
---------- ---------- ----------
Gross profit 762,204 703,437 742,568
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Distributor incentives 362,195 331,448 346,951
Selling, general and administrative 201,880 202,150 265,770
Distributor stock expense 17,909 -- --
In-process research and development (Note 4) -- 13,600 --
---------- ---------- ----------
Total operating expenses 581,984 547,198 612,721
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating income 180,220 156,239 129,847
Other income(expense), net 8,973 13,599 (1,411)
---------- ---------- ----------
Income before provision for income taxes
and minority interest 189,193 169,838 128,436
Provision for income taxes (Note 14) 55,707 62,840 41,742
Minority interest 14,993 3,081 --
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income $ 118,493 $ 103,917 $ 86,694
========== ========== ==========
Net income per share (Note 2):
Basic $ 1.42 $ 1.22 $ 1.00
Diluted $ 1.36 $ 1.19 $ 0.99
Weighted average common shares outstanding (000s):
Basic 83,331 84,894 87,081
Diluted 87,312 87,018 87,893
Unaudited pro forma data (Note 14):
Income before pro forma provision for
income taxes and minority interest $ 189,193 $ 169,838
Pro forma provision for income taxes 71,856 65,998
Pro forma minority interest 9,299 1,947
---------- ----------
Pro forma net income $ 108,038 $ 101,893
========== ==========
Pro forma net income per share:
Basic $ 1.30 $ 1.20
Diluted $ 1.24 $ 1.17
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Class A Class B Additional Other Total
Preferred Common Common Paid-In Comprehensive Retained Deferred Stockholders'
Stock Stock Stock Capital Income Earnings Compensation Equity
------ ------- ------- --------- --------- -------- --------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at January 1, 1997 $ 2 $ 12 $ 72 $ 148,970 $ (6,054) $ 1,973 $ (31,480) $ 113,495
Net income -- -- -- -- -- 118,493 -- 118,493
Foreign currency translation adjustments -- -- -- -- (22,524) -- -- (22,524)
---------
Total comprehensive income 95,969
Conversion of shares from Class B to
Class A -- 2 (2) -- -- -- -- --
Repurchase of 1,416,000 shares of Class
A common stock (Note 13) -- (2) -- (20,260) -- -- -- (20,262)
Adjustment to distributor stock options
(Note 13) -- -- -- (2,546) -- -- (690) (3,236)
Forfeitures of employee stock awards -- -- -- (1,181) -- -- 1,181 --
Amortization of deferred compensation -- -- -- -- -- -- 23,247 23,247
Contributed capital -- -- -- 7,383 -- -- -- 7,383
Dividends -- -- -- (19,026) -- (46,054) -- (65,080)
Issuance of employee stock awards and
options -- -- -- 1,713 -- -- (1,713) --
Issuance of notes payable to stockholders -- -- -- -- -- (56,624) -- (56,624)
------ ------- ------- --------- --------- -------- --------- ----------
Balance at December 31, 1997 2 12 70 115,053 (28,578) 17,788 (9,455) 94,892
Net income -- -- -- -- -- 103,917 -- 103,917
Foreign currency translation adjustments -- -- -- -- (15,026) -- -- (15,026)
----------
Total comprehensive income 88,891
Repurchase of 917,000 shares of Class A
common stock (Note 13) -- -- -- (10,549) -- -- -- (10,549)
Amortization of deferred compensation -- -- -- -- -- -- 3,626 3,626
Issuance of notes payable to stockholders -- -- -- -- -- (24,413) -- (24,413)
Purchase of Acquired Entities and
termination of S corporation status 1 -- -- (22,144) -- 60,772 -- 38,629
Purchase of Pharmanex (Note 4) -- 4 -- 78,710 -- -- (859) 77,855
Exercise of distributor and employee
stock options -- -- -- 1,961 -- -- -- 1,961
Conversion of preferred stock (Note 3) (3) 3 -- -- -- -- -- --
Conversion of shares from Class B to
Class A -- 15 (15) -- -- -- -- --
Contingent payments to stockholders
Note (7) -- -- -- (16,250) -- -- -- (16,250)
------ ------- ------- --------- --------- -------- --------- ----------
Balance at December 31, 1998 -- 34 55 146,781 (43,604) 158,064 (6,688) 254,642
Net income -- -- -- -- -- 86,694 -- 86,694
Foreign currency translation adjustments -- -- -- -- (4,616) -- -- (4,616)
----------
Total comprehensive income 82,078
Repurchase of 1,985,000 shares of Class
A common stock(Note 13) -- (2) -- (26,860) -- -- -- (26,862)
Amortization of deferred compensation -- -- -- -- -- -- 3,692 3,692
Termination of Nu Skin USA license fee
Note (5) -- -- -- (6,444) -- -- (650) (7,094)
Issuance of employee stock awards and
options -- -- -- 3,252 -- -- (3,252) --
Exercise of distributor and employee
stock options -- -- -- 2,923 -- -- -- 2,923
------ ------- ------- --------- --------- -------- --------- ----------
Balance at December 31, 1999 $ -- $ 32 $ 55 $ 119,652 $ (48,220) $244,758 $ (6,898) $ 309,379
====== ======= ======= ========= ========= ======== ========= ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
-----------------------------------------
1997 1998 1999
---------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income $ 118,493 $ 103,917 $ 86,694
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 8,809 15,768 29,515
Amortization of deferred compensation 23,247 3,626 3,692
Amortization of inventory step-up -- 21,600 --
Write-off of in-process research and development -- 13,600 --
Income applicable to minority interest 14,993 3,081 --
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable (614) (900) (3,776)
Related parties receivable (2,726) 1,215 (4,441)
Inventories, net (10,206) (3,556) (2,133)
Prepaid expenses and other (24,641) (7,248) 1,033
Other assets (23,161) (4,100) (57,169)
Accounts payable 3,336 (8,767) 4,068
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 31,058 (8,973) (40,868)
Related parties payable (29,986) (10,703) 448
Other liabilities -- -- 13,236
--------- ---------- ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities 108,602 118,560 30,299
--------- ---------- ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment (14,389) (18,320) (29,719)
Purchase of Big Planet, net of cash acquired (Note 6) -- -- (13,571)
Purchase of Pharmanex, net of cash acquired (Note 4) -- (28,750) --
Payments for lease deposits (3,457) (633) (2,206)
Receipt of refundable lease deposits 120 1,650 1,508
--------- ---------- ----------
Net cash used in investing activities (17,726) (46,053) (43,988)
--------- ---------- ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments on long-term debt -- (41,634) (14,545)
Termination of Nu Skin USA license fee (Note 5) -- -- (10,000)
Payment to stockholders under the NSI Acquisition -- -- (25,000)
Proceeds from capital contributions 11,358 -- --
Proceeds from long-term debt -- 181,538 --
Dividends paid (30,468) -- --
Repurchase of shares of common stock (20,262) (10,549) (26,862)
Exercise of distributor and employee stock options -- 1,961 2,923
Payment to stockholders for notes payable (Note 7) (71,487) (180,000) --
--------- ---------- ----------
Net cash used in financing activities (110,859) (48,684) (73,484)
--------- ---------- ----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash (20,540) (9,296) 8,508
--------- ---------- ----------
Net increase(decrease)in cash and cash equivalents (40,523) 14,527 (78,665)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 214,823 174,300 188,827
--------- ---------- ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 174,300 $ 188,827 $ 110,162
========= ========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. THE COMPANY
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. (the "Company") is a leading, global direct
selling company that develops and distributes premium-quality, innovative
personal care and nutritional products and technology, Internet and
telecommunications products and services. The Company's operations are divided
into three segments: North Asia, which consists of Japan and South Korea;
Southeast Asia, which consists of Taiwan, Thailand, Hong Kong (including Macau),
the People's Republic of China, the Philippines, Australia, and New Zealand; and
Other Markets, which consists of the United Kingdom, Austria, Belgium, Denmark,
France, Germany, Iceland, Italy, Ireland, Luxemburg, Norway, Poland, Portugal,
Spain, Sweden, the Netherlands, Brazil, Canada, Mexico, Guatemala and the United
States (the Company's subsidiaries operating in these countries are collectively
referred to as the "Subsidiaries").
As discussed in Note 3, the Company completed the NSI Acquisition on March
26, 1998. Prior to the NSI Acquisition, each of the acquired entities elected to
be treated as an S corporation.
As discussed in Note 4, the Company completed the Pharmanex Acquisition on
October 16, 1998, which enhanced the Company's involvement with the distribution
and sale of nutritional products.
As discussed in Note 5, on March 8, 1999, Nu Skin International, Inc.
("NSI") a subsidiary of the Company, terminated its distribution license and
various other license agreements and other intercompany agreements with Nu Skin
USA, Inc. ("Nu Skin USA"). Also, in March 1999, through a newly formed
wholly-owned subsidiary, the Company acquired selected assets of Nu Skin USA. In
May 1999, the Company acquired Nu Skin Canada, Inc., Nu Skin Mexico, Inc. and Nu
Skin Guatemala, Inc. (collectively, the "North American Affiliates").
As discussed in Note 6, the Company completed the Big Planet Acquisition on
July 13, 1999, which enabled the Company to provide marketing and distribution
of technology, Internet and telecommunications products and services.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and the Subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are
eliminated in consolidation.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles required management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Significant estimates include reserves for product returns,
obsolete inventory and taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid instruments with original
maturities of 90 days or less.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
INVENTORIES
Inventories consist primarily of merchandise purchased for resale and are
stated at the lower of cost, using the first-in, first-out method, or market.
The Company had reserves for obsolete inventory totaling $13,500,000,
$13,600,000 and $7,200,000 as of December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the
straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
Furniture and fixtures 5-- 7 years
Computers and equipment 3-- 5 years
Leasehold improvements Shorter of estimated useful life or lease term
Vehicles 3-- 5 years
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as
incurred.
OTHER ASSETS
Other assets consist primarily of deferred tax assets, deposits for
noncancelable operating leases, distribution rights, goodwill and long-term
intangibles acquired in the NSI Acquisition (Note 3), the Pharmanex Acquisition
(Note 4) and the Big Planet Acquisition (Note 6). These intangibles are
amortized on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. The Company assesses the recoverability of long-lived assets by
determining whether the amortization of the balance over its remaining life can
be recovered through undiscounted future operating cash flows attributable to
the assets.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue is recognized when products are shipped and title passes to
independent distributors who are the Company's customers. A reserve for product
returns is accrued based on historical experience. The Company generally
requires cash or credit card payment at the point of sale. The Company has
determined that no allowance for doubtful accounts is necessary. Amounts
received prior to shipment and title passage to distributors are recorded as
deferred revenue.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
The Company's research and development activities are conducted primarily
through its Pharmanex division. Research and development costs are expensed as
incurred.
INCOME TAXES
The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109
("SFAS 109"), ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES. Under SFAS 109, the liability method
is used in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets
and liabilities are determined based on the differences between financial
reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the
enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are
expected to reverse.
NET INCOME PER SHARE
The Company computes earnings per share under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 128 ("SFAS 128"), EARNINGS PER SHARE. SFAS 128
specifies the computation, presentation and disclosure requirements for earnings
per share data. SFAS 128 also requires the presentation of both basic and
diluted earnings per share data
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for entities with complex capital structures. Diluted earnings per share data
gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares that were outstanding
during the periods presented.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
Most of the Company's business operations occur outside of the United
States. Each Subsidiary's local currency is considered the functional currency.
Since a substantial portion of the Company's inventories are purchased with U.S.
dollars in the United States and since the Company is incorporated in the United
States, all assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange
rates existing at the balance sheet dates, revenues and expenses are translated
at weighted average exchange rates, and stockholders' equity is recorded at
historical exchange rates. The resulting foreign currency translation
adjustments are recorded as a separate component of stockholders' equity in the
consolidated balance sheets, and transaction gains and losses are included in
other income and expense in the consolidated financial statements.
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair value of financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, related parties receivable, accounts payable, related
parties payable and notes payable approximate book values. The carrying amount
of long-term debt approximates fair value because the applicable interest rates
approximate current market rates. Fair value estimates are made at a specific
point of time, based on relevant market information.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company measures compensation expense for its stock-based employee
compensation plans using the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"), ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK ISSUED TO
EMPLOYEES, and provides pro forma disclosures of net income and net income per
share as if the fair value based method prescribed by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123 ("SFAS 123"), ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED
COMPENSATION, had been applied in measuring compensation expense (Note 13).
REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
During the first quarter of 1998, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130 ("SFAS 130"), REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business
enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances
from nonowner sources, and it includes all changes in equity during a period
except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners.
ACCOUNTING FOR THE COSTS OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE DEVELOPED OR OBTAINED FOR INTERNAL
USE
In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 98-1 ("SOP 98-1"), ACCOUNTING FOR THE COSTS OF
COMPUTER SOFTWARE DEVELOPED OR OBTAINED FOR INTERNAL USE. The statement defines
which costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use are
capital and which costs are expensed. The Company adopted SOP 98-1 effective
January 1998. The adoption of SOP 98-1 did not materially affect the Company's
consolidated financial statements.
REPORTING ON THE COSTS OF START-UP ACTIVITIES
In April 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 98-5 ("SOP 98-5"), REPORTING ON THE COSTS OF
START-UP ACTIVITIES. The statement requires costs of start-up activities and
organization costs to be expensed as incurred. The Company has adopted SOP 98-5
for calendar year 1999. The adoption of SOP 98-5 did not materially affect the
Company's consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 ("SFAS 133"), ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE
INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES. The statement requires companies to
recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities, with the instruments
measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded
each period in current earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on the
intended use of the derivative and its resulting designation. The statement is
effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000.
The Company will adopt SFAS 133 by January 1, 2001. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact the adoption of SFAS 133 will have on its consolidated
financial statements.
3. ACQUISITION OF NSI AND CERTAIN AFFILIATES
On March 26, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition (the "NSI
Acquisition") of the capital stock of NSI, NSI affiliates in Europe, South
America, Australia and New Zealand and certain other NSI affiliates (the
"Acquired Entities") for $70.0 million in preferred stock and long-term notes
payable to the stockholders of the Acquired Entities (the "NSI Stockholders")
totaling approximately $6.2 million. In addition, contingent upon NSI and the
Company meeting specific earnings growth targets, the Company agreed to pay up
to $100.0 million in cash during the subsequent four year period to the NSI
Stockholders. Also, as part of the NSI Acquisition, the Acquired Entities' S
corporation status was terminated, and the Acquired Entities declared
distributions to the stockholders that included all of the Acquired Entities'
previously earned and undistributed taxable S corporation earnings (the "S
Distribution Notes"). The S Distribution Notes assumed as part of the NSI
Acquisition totaled approximately $171.3 million and, in addition, the Company
incurred acquisition costs totaling $3.0 million. The net assets acquired
totaling $90.4 million include net deferred tax liabilities totaling $7.4
million recorded upon the conversion of the Acquired Entities from S to C
corporations. All contingent consideration paid will be accounted for as an
adjustment to the purchase price and allocated to the Acquired Entities' assets
and liabilities.
The NSI Acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting,
except for that portion of the Acquired Entities under common control of a group
of stockholders, which portion was accounted for in a manner similar to a
pooling of interests. The common control group is comprised of the NSI
Stockholders who are immediate family members. The minority interest, which
represents the ownership interests of the NSI Stockholders who are not immediate
family members, was acquired during the NSI Acquisition. Prior to the NSI
Acquisition, a portion of the Acquired Entities' net income, capital
contributions and distributions (including cash dividends and S Distribution
Notes) had been allocated to the minority interest.
For the portion of the NSI Acquisition accounted for by the purchase
method, the Company recorded inventory step-up of $21.6 million and intangible
assets of $34.8 million. During 1998, the inventory step-up was fully amortized
and the Company recorded amortization of intangible assets totaling $1.6 million
and $2.6 million during 1998 and 1999, respectively.
For the portion of the NSI Acquisition accounted for in a manner similar to
a pooling of interests, the excess of purchase price paid over the book value of
the net assets acquired was recorded as a reduction of stockholders' equity.
In connection with the restatement of the Company's consolidated financial
statements for 1997, the portion of the NSI Acquisition and the resulting
Preferred Stock issued to the common control group is reflected as if such stock
had been issued on the date of the Company's incorporation on September 4, 1996.
On May 5, 1998, the stockholders of the Company approved the automatic
conversion of the Preferred Stock issued in the NSI Acquisition into 2,978,159
shares of Class A common stock.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. ACQUISITION OF PHARMANEX, INC.
On October 16, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of
privately-held Generation Health Holdings, Inc., the parent company of
Pharmanex, Inc. (the "Pharmanex Acquisition"), for $77.6 million, which
consisted of approximately 4.0 million shares of the Company's Class A common
stock, including 261,008 shares issuable upon exercise of options assumed by the
Company (Note 13). Contingent upon Pharmanex meeting specific revenue and other
requirements, approximately 565,000 of the 4.0 million shares were held in
escrow to be returned to the Company if such requirements were not met within
one year from the date of the Pharmanex Acquisition. Approximately 130,959
shares were returned to the Company following the first year anniversary. The
Company entered into a mutual release of claims and modifications agreement
which was accepted by former stockholders of Generation Health Holdings, Inc.
holding approximately 88% of the consideration received pursuant to which the
Company agreed to release 134,038 shares from escrow and agreed to extend the
period in which Pharmanex could meet specific revenue requirements. The
contingent shares issued, if any, will be accounted for as an adjustment to the
purchase price and allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities. Also, as
part of the Pharmanex Acquisition, the Company assumed approximately $34.0
million in liabilities and incurred acquisition costs totaling $1.3 million. The
net assets acquired totaling $3.6 million include net deferred tax assets
totaling $0.8 million. In connection with the closing of the Pharmanex
Acquisition, the Company paid approximately $29.0 million relating to the
assumed liabilities.
The Pharmanex Acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of
accounting. The Company recorded inventory step-up of $3.7 million and
intangible assets of $92.4 million. In addition, the Company allocated $13.6
million to purchase in-process research and development based on a discounted
cash-flow method reflecting the stage of completion of the related projects.
During 1998, the in-process research and development amount was fully written
off and the Company recorded amortization of intangible assets totaling $1.3
million and $6.9 million during 1998 and 1999, respectively. The Company
recorded amortization of inventory step up of $0.4 million and $3.3 million
during 1998 and 1999, respectively.
Pro forma results as if the Pharmanex Acquisition had occurred at January
1, 1998 have not been presented because the results are not considered material.
5. ACQUISITION OF CERTAIN ASSETS OF NU SKIN USA, INC.
On March 8, 1999, NSI terminated its distribution license and various other
license agreements and other intercompany agreements with Nu Skin USA, Inc. ("Nu
Skin USA") and paid Nu Skin USA a $10.0 million termination fee. Also, on that
same date, through a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary, the Company acquired
selected assets of Nu Skin USA and assumed approximately $8.0 million of Nu Skin
USA liabilities.
The acquisition of the selected assets and assumption of liabilities and
the termination of these agreements has been recorded for the consideration
paid, except for the portion of Nu Skin USA which is under common control of a
group of stockholders, which portion has been recorded at predecessor basis.
6. ACQUISITION OF BIG PLANET, INC.
On July 13, 1999, the Company completed the acquisition of Big Planet, Inc.
("Big Planet") for $29.2 million, which consisted of a cash payment of $14.6
million and a note payable of $14.6 million (the "Big Planet Acquisition"). In
addition, the Company loaned approximately $4.5 million in connection with the
closing to redeem the option holders and certain management stockholders of Big
Planet.
The Big Planet Acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of
accounting. The Company recorded intangible assets of $47.0 million which will
be amortized over a period of 20 years. During 1999, the Company recorded
amortization on the intangible assets relating to the Big Planet Acquisition of
$1.1 million. Big Planet incurred operating losses of approximately $22.0
million in 1998 and approximately $22.8 million from the period January 1, 1999
through July 12, 1999.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Big Planet has agreed to purchase technology, Internet and
telecommunications products, services and equipment from several suppliers. If
Big Planet does not satisfy the terms of its commitments under these agreements,
the total aggregate termination penalty could be approximately $24.7 million.
The largest of these purchase commitments is for long distance
telecommunications services. At the current level of long distance service
provided to Big Planet customers and assuming reasonable growth, management
believes that Big Planet will be able to satisfy the majority of this purchase
commitment. Big Planet is currently renegotiating the terms of this agreement.
7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
SCOPE OF RELATED PARTY ACTIVITY
Prior to the acquisition of certain assets of Nu Skin USA (see Note 5) and
the acquisition of the North American Affiliates in 1999, the Company had
transactions with these affiliated entities. The transactions with these
entities were as follows: (1) The Company sold products and marketing materials.
(2) The Company collected trademark royalty fees from these entities on products
bearing NSI trademarks that are not purchased from NSI. (3) The Company entered
into a distribution agreement with each independent distributor. (4) The Company
collected license fees from these entities for the right to use the
distributors, and for the right to use the Company's distribution system and
other related intangibles. (5) The Company operates a global commission plan
whereby distributors' commissions are determined by aggregate worldwide
purchases made by down-line distributors. Thus, commissions on purchases from
the Company earned by distributors located in geographic areas outside those
held by the Company were remitted to the Company, which then forwarded these
commissions to the distributors. (6) The Company collected fees for management
and support services provided to these entities.
The purchase prices paid by the affiliated entities for the purchase of
product and marketing materials are determined pursuant to the Distribution
Agreement between the Company and the affiliated entities. The selling prices to
these affiliated entities of products and marketing materials were determined
pursuant to the Wholesale Distribution Agreements between the Company and these
affiliated entities. Trademark royalty fees and license fees were charged
pursuant to the Trademark/Trade name License Agreement between the Company and
these affiliated entities and the Licensing and Sales Agreement between the
Company and these affiliated entities, respectively. The independent distributor
commission program is managed by the Company. Charges to the affiliated entities
were based on a worldwide commission fee of 42% of product revenue, which covers
commissions paid to distributors on a worldwide basis and the direct costs of
administering the global compensation plan. Management and support services fees
were billed to the affiliated entities pursuant to the Management Services
Agreement between the Company and the affiliated entities and consisted of all
direct expenses incurred by the Company and indirect expenses allocated to the
affiliated entities based on the entities' net sales. The sales revenue,
royalties, licenses and management fees charged to the affiliated entities were
recorded as revenue in the consolidated statements of income and totaled
$53,135,000, $72,691,000 and $13,610,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1998 and 1999, respectively.
NOTES PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDERS
The aggregate undistributed taxable S corporation earnings of the initial
companies that were reorganized to form the Company (the "Reorganization") were
$86.5 million. These earnings were distributed prior to the Reorganization in
the form of promissory notes bearing interest at 6.0% per annum. From proceeds
from the initial public offerings (the "Offerings"), $15.0 million was used to
pay a portion of the notes, and the remaining balance of $71.5 million with the
related accrued interest of $1.6 million was paid on April 4, 1997.
In connection with the NSI Acquisition described in Notes 1 and 3, the
Company assumed S Distribution Notes totaling $171.3 million and long-term notes
payable to the NSI Stockholders totaling $6.2 million, both bearing interest at
6.0% per annum. These amounts were paid in full, including accrued interest of
$3.3 million, during the
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
second quarter of 1998. Prior to the NSI Acquisition, the Acquired Entities paid
$2.5 million of the S Distribution Notes, plus accrued interest of $1.8 million
in 1998.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS WITH STOCKHOLDER DISTRIBUTORS
Two major stockholders of the Company have been independent distributors
for the Company since 1984. These stockholders are partners in an entity which
receives substantial commissions from the Company, including commissions
relating to sales within the countries in which the Company operates. By
agreement, the Company pays commissions to this partnership at the highest level
of distributor compensation to allow the stockholders to use their expertise and
reputations in network marketing to further develop the Company's distributor
force, rather than focusing solely on their own distributor organizations. The
commissions paid to this partnership relating to sales within the countries in
which the Company operates were $1,100,000, $800,000 and $2,048,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. The increase in the
1999 commissions paid to this partnership reflects the amounts paid relating to
sales in 1999 within the North American countries and Big Planet, which were not
included in the amounts in 1997 and 1998.
LOAN TO STOCKHOLDER
In December 1997, the Company loaned $5.0 million to a non-management
stockholder. The loan is secured by 349,406 shares of Class B common stock, and
matures in December 2000. Interest accrues at a rate of 6.0% per annum on this
loan. The loan balance, including accrued interest, totaled $5.3 million and
$5.6 million at December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
CONTINGENT PAYMENTS TO STOCKHOLDERS UNDER THE NSI ACQUISITION
The Company and NSI met specific earnings growth targets for the year ended
December 31, 1998 that resulted in a payment of $25.0 million of contingent
consideration to the NSI Stockholders on April 1, 1999. The Company and NSI did
not meet specific earnings growth targets for the year ended December 31, 1999.
However, contingent upon NSI and the Company meeting specific earnings growth
targets, the Company may pay up to $75.0 million in cash over the next two years
to the NSI Stockholders.
LEASE AGREEMENTS
The Company leases corporate office and warehouse space from two affiliated
entities. Total lease payments to these two affiliated entities were $2.8
million, $3.0 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1998 and 1999 respectively.
8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are comprised of the following (U.S. dollars in
thousands):
December 31,
----------------------------
1998 1999
----------- ----------
Furniture and fixtures $ 30,997 $ 33,598
Computers and equipment 44,267 64,588
Leasehold improvements 13,874 25,057
Vehicles 1,153 1,414
----------- ----------
90,291 124,657
Less: accumulated depreciation (48,073) (66,709)
----------- ----------
$ 42,218 $ 57,948
=========== ==========
Depreciation of property and equipment totaled $8,060,000, $11,543,000 and
$14,148,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
9. OTHER ASSETS
Other assets consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):
December 31,
----------------------------
1998 1999
----------- ----------
Goodwill and intangibles $ 147,246 $ 198,450
Deposits for noncancelable operating leases 10,282 10,179
Distribution rights 8,750 8,687
Deferred taxes 42,747 86,341
Other 6,023 15,749
----------- ----------
215,048 319,406
Less: accumulated amortization (5,630) (17,024)
----------- ----------
$ 209,418 $ 302,382
=========== ==========
The goodwill and intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line
basis over their estimated useful lives ranging from 4 to 20 years. Amortization
of goodwill and intangible assets totaled $311,000, $3,248,000 and $14,929,000
for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. The
distribution rights asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis over its
estimated useful life of 20 years. Amortization of the distribution rights asset
totaled $438,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999.
10. ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accrued expenses consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):
December 31,
----------------------------
1998 1999
----------- ----------
Income taxes payable $ 40,726 $ 18,121
Accrued commission payments to distributors 36,431 39,857
Other taxes payable 11,646 9,385
Other accruals 43,920 47,328
----------- ----------
$ 132,723 $ 114,691
=========== ==========
11. LONG-TERM DEBT
On May 8, 1998, the Company and its Japanese subsidiary Nu Skin Japan Co.,
Ltd. ("Nu Skin Japan") entered into a $180.0 million credit facility with a
syndicate of financial institutions for which ABN-AMRO, N.V. acted as agent.
This unsecured credit facility was used to satisfy Company liabilities which
were assumed as part of the NSI Acquisition. The Company borrowed $110.0 million
and Nu Skin Japan borrowed the Japanese yen equivalent of $70.0 million
denominated in local currency. The outstanding balance on the credit facility
was $153.3 million and $145.3 million at December 31, 1998 and 1999,
respectively.
The U.S. portion of the credit facility bears interest at either a base
rate as specified in the credit facility or the London Inter-Bank Offer Rate
plus an applicable margin, in the Company's discretion. The Japanese portion of
the
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
credit facility bears interest at the applicable Tokyo Inter-Bank Offer Rate
plus an applicable margin, in the borrower's discretion. The maturity date for
the credit facility is three years from the borrowing date, with a possible
extension of the maturity date upon approval of the then outstanding lenders.
Interest expense on the credit facility totaled $4.7 million and $5.7 million
for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
The credit facility contains other terms and conditions and affirmative and
negative financial covenants customary for credit facilities of this type. As of
December 31, 1998 and 1999, the Company has continued to comply with all
financial covenants under the credit facility except for a covenant requiring
the Company to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 3.0 times. The Company
obtained a waiver of this default for the quarter ended December 31, 1999.
During 1999, the Company renewed a $10.0 million revolving credit agreement
with ABN-AMRO, N.V. Advances are available under the agreement through May 18,
2000, with a possible extension upon approval of the lender. There were no
outstanding balances under this credit facility at December 31, 1999.
Maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1999 are as follows (U.S.
dollars in thousands):
Year Ending December 31,
------------------------
2000 $ 55,889
2001 89,419
-----------
Total $ 145,308
===========
12. LEASE OBLIGATIONS
The Company leases office space and computer hardware under noncancelable
long-term operating leases. Most leases include renewal options of up to three
years. Minimum future operating lease obligations at December 31, 1999 are as
follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):
Year Ending December 31,
------------------------
2000 $ 8,488
2001 8,016
2002 5,943
2003 3,755
2004 3,324
-----------
Total minimum lease payments $ 29,526
===========
Rental expense for operating leases totaled $15,518,000, $15,969,000 and
$18,354,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
13. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
The Company's capital stock consists of Preferred Stock, Class A common
stock and Class B common stock. The shares of Class A common stock and Class B
common stock are identical in all respects, except for voting rights and certain
conversion rights and transfer restrictions, as follows: (1) each share of Class
A common stock entitles the holder to one vote on matters submitted to a vote of
the Company's stockholders and each share of Class B common stock entitles the
holder to ten votes on each such matter; (2) stock dividends of Class A common
stock may be paid only to holders of Class A common stock and stock dividends of
Class B common stock may be paid only to holders of Class B common stock; (3) if
a holder of Class B common stock transfers such shares to a person other than a
permitted transferee, as defined in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation,
such shares will be converted automatically into shares of Class A common stock;
and (4) Class A common stock has no conversion
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
rights; however, each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one
share of Class A common stock, in whole or in part, at any time at the option of
the holder.
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS
Effective November 21, 1996, the Company implemented a one-time distributor
equity incentive program. This program provided for grants of options to
selected distributors for the purchase of 1,605,000 shares of the Company's
previously issued Class A common stock. The number of options each distributor
ultimately received was based on their performance and productivity through
August 31, 1997. The options are exercisable at a price of $5.75 per share and
vested on December 31, 1997. The related compensation expense was deferred in
the Company's financial statements and was expensed to the statement of income
as distributor stock expense ratably through December 31, 1997. As of December
31, 1999, 636,818 of the 1,605,000 stock options had been exercised.
The Company recorded compensation expense using the fair value method
prescribed by SFAS 123 based upon the best available estimate of the number of
shares that were expected to be issued to each distributor at the measurement
date, revised as necessary if subsequent information indicated that actual
forfeitures were likely to differ from initial estimates. Any options forfeited
were reallocated and resulted in an additional compensation charge.
As part of this program, 600,000 options were sold to affiliated entities
at fair value in exchange for notes receivable totaling $12,351,000. As the
number of distributor stock options to be issued to each distributor was revised
through August 31, 1997, the options allocated to the affiliated entities were
adjusted to 480,000 and the notes receivable were adjusted to $9,115,000. The
affiliated entities are repaying these notes as distributors exercise their
options. The notes receivable balance totaled $6,251,000 and $6,122,000 as of
December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
Prior to the Offerings, the Company's stockholders contributed 1,250,000
shares of the Company's Class A common stock to the Company and the Subsidiaries
held by them for issuance to employees of the Company and the Subsidiaries as a
part of an employee equity incentive plan. Equity incentives granted or awarded
under this plan will vest over four years. Compensation expense related to
equity incentives granted to employees of the Company and other Nu Skin entities
who perform services on behalf of the Company will be recognized by the Company
ratably over the vesting period.
In November 1996, the Company and the Subsidiaries granted 617,335 shares
to certain employees. The Company recorded deferred compensation expense related
to these stock awards and is recognizing such expense ratably over the vesting
period. The deferred compensation relating to these stock awards totaled
$5,137,000 as of December 31, 1999. Additionally, as of December 31, 1999,
418,732 stock awards had vested and 66,049 of the stock awards had been
forfeited.
1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
During the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company's Board of Directors
adopted the Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1996 Stock
Incentive Plan"). The 1996 Stock Incentive Plan provides for granting of stock
awards and options to purchase common stock to executives, other employees,
independent consultants and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries. A
total of 7,500,000 shares of Class A common stock have been reserved for
issuance under the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.
In 1996, the Company granted stock awards to certain employees for an
aggregate of 109,000 shares of Class A common stock and in 1997 the Company
granted additional stock awards to certain employees and directors in the amount
of 55,459 shares of Class A common stock. The Company has recorded deferred
compensation expense of
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
$3,780,000 related to these stock awards and is recognizing such expense ratably
over the vesting period. As of December 31, 1999, 110,057 of the stock awards
had vested and 43,179 of the stock awards had been forfeited.
In 1997, the Company granted options to purchase 298,500 shares of Class A
common stock to certain employees and directors pursuant to the 1996 Stock
Incentive Plan. Of the 298,500 options granted, 30,000 options vested in May
1997 and 265,500 options vest ratably over a period of four years. All options
granted in 1997 will expire ten years from the date of grant. The exercise price
of the options was set at $20.88 per share. The Company has recorded deferred
compensation expense of $578,000 related to the options and is recognizing such
expense ratably over the vesting periods. As of December 31, 1999, none of these
298,500 stock options had been exercised.
During 1998, the Company granted options to purchase 507,500 shares of
Class A common stock to certain employees and directors of the Company pursuant
to the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. Of the 507,500 options granted, 500,000
options vest ratably over a period of four years and expire ten years from the
date of grant and 7,500 vest in one year from the date of grant and expire in
ten years or six months after termination from service as a director. The
exercise price of the 500,000 options was set at $13.91 per share and the
exercise price of the 7,500 options was set at $28.50 per share. No compensation
expense has been recorded related to these options. As of December 31, 1999,
none of these 507,500 stock options had been exercised.
Additionally in 1998, the Company granted options to purchase 1,080,000
shares of Class A common stock to certain employees pursuant to the 1996 Stock
Incentive Plan. All of the 1,080,000 options vest seven years from the date of
grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. Subject to the Company
meeting certain revenue and profitability benchmarks, the vesting of these
options may be accelerated over the three-year period ended December 31, 2001.
The exercise price of the options was set at $17.00 per share. No compensation
expense has been recorded related to these options. As of December 31, 1999,
none of these 1,080,000 stock options had been exercised.
During 1999, the Company granted options to purchase 1,071,200 shares of
Class A common stock to certain employees, directors and members of the
Pharmanex scientific advisory board pursuant to the second amended and restated
1996 Stock Incentive Plan. Of the 1,071,200 options granted, 971,200 vest
ratably over a period of four years and expire ten years from the date of grant,
80,000 vest ratably over a period of five years and expire ten years from the
date of grant, while the remaining 20,000 vest one year from the date of grant
and expire ten years or six months after termination from service as a director.
Of the 1,071,200 options granted, the exercise prices range from $11.00 per
share to $20.80 per share. As of December 31, 1999, none of the 1,071,200 stock
options had been exercised. In addition, during 1999, the Company granted stock
awards to certain employees for an aggregate of 166,210 shares of Class A common
stock. The Company has recorded deferred compensation expense of $3,251,000
related to these stock awards and is recognizing such expense ratably over the
vesting period. As of December 31, 1999, none of the stock awards had vested and
none of the stock awards had been forfeited.
Additionally in 1999, the Company granted options to purchase 820,000
shares of Class A common stock to certain employees pursuant to the 1996 Stock
Incentive Plan. All of the 820,000 options vest seven years from the date of
grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. Subject to the Company
meeting certain revenue and profitability benchmarks, the vesting of these
options may be accelerated over the three-year period ended December 31, 2002.
The exercise price of the options was set at $20.80 per share. No compensation
expense has been recorded related to these options. As of December 31, 1999,
none of these 820,000 stock options had been exercised.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
GENERATION HEALTH HOLDINGS, INC. 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN
In connection with the Pharmanex Acquisition (Note 4), the Company assumed
the Generation Health Holdings, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan. Under this plan,
the Company assumed options to purchase 261,008 shares of Class A common stock
granted to certain employees of Pharmanex. In accordance with the terms of the
plan, 173,785 of these options vested immediately due to the involuntary
termination of certain employees. The value of these vested options was included
as an acquisition cost in the Pharmanex Acquisition. The remaining 87,223
options vest ratably over periods ranging from 1 to 5 years. The exercise prices
of the options range from $.92 to $10.03 per share. The Company has recorded
deferred compensation expense of $859,000 related to the 87,223 unvested options
and is recognizing such expense ratably over the vesting periods. As of December
31, 1999, 167,672 of these 261,008 stock options had been exercised.
SFAS 123 PRO FORMA DISCLOSURES
The Company's pro forma net income would have been $103,023,000 and
$84,456,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively, if
compensation expense had been measured under the fair value method prescribed by
SFAS 123. The Company's pro forma basic and diluted net income per share for the
year ended December 31, 1998 would have been $1.21 and $1.18, respectively, had
compensation expense been measured under the fair value method. The Company's
pro forma basic and diluted net income per share for the year ended December 31,
1999 would have been $0.97 had compensation expense been measured under the fair
value method.
The fair values of the options granted during 1998 ranged from $13.51 to
$22.16 per share, and were estimated as of the dates of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: risk-free
interest rate of 4.5%; expected life of 2 to 4 years; expected volatility of
48%; and expected dividend yield of 0%.
The fair values of the options granted during 1999 ranged from $8.18 to
$12.12 per share, and were estimated as of the dates of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: risk-free
interest rate of 6.75%; expected life of 4 years; expected volatility of 80%;
and expected dividend yield of 0%.
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average common shares
outstanding for purposes of computing basic and diluted net income per share (in
thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
---------------------------
1997 1998 1999
------ ------ ------
Basic weighted average common shares
outstanding 83,331 84,894 87,081
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock awards and options 3,981 2,124 812
------ ------ ------
Diluted weighted average common shares
outstanding 87,312 87,018 87,893
====== ====== ======
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
REPURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK
In December 1997, the Company repurchased 1,415,916 shares of Class A
common stock from certain original stockholders for an aggregate price of
approximately $20.3 million. Such shares were converted from Class B common
stock to Class A common stock prior to or upon purchase, and were repurchased in
connection with the entering into of an amended and restated stockholders
agreement by the original stockholders providing for, among other things, a
one-year extension of the original lock-up provisions applicable to such
original stockholders.
During 1998, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up
to $20.0 million of the Company's outstanding shares of Class A common stock and
in July 1999, the board of directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to
an additional $10.0 million of the Company's Class A common stock. For the years
ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, the Company had repurchased 1,364,218 shares
and 917,254 shares for an aggregate price of approximately $17.1 million and
$10.5 million, respectively. In addition, in March 1999, the board of directors
separately authorized and the Company completed the purchase of approximately
700,000 shares of the Company's Class A common stock from Nu Skin USA and
certain stockholders for approximately $10.0 million as part of the asset
purchase agreement (Note 5).
CONVERSION OF COMMON STOCK
In December 1998, the holders of the Class B common stock converted 15.0
million shares of Class B common stock to Class A common stock.
14. INCOME TAXES
Consolidated income before provision for income taxes consists of income
earned primarily from international operations. The provision for current and
deferred taxes for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 consists of
the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):
1997 1998 1999
-------- -------- --------
Current
Federal $ 3,332 $ 3,695 $ 3,030
State 124 3,580 3,030
Foreign 76,553 72,317 56,165
-------- -------- --------
80,009 79,592 62,225
Deferred
Federal (24,317) (10,712) (19,008)
State (30) (48) (215)
Foreign 45 947 (1,260)
Change in tax status -- (6,939) --
-------- -------- --------
Provision for income taxes $ 55,707 $ 62,840 $ 41,742
======== ======== ========
Prior to the Company's Reorganization and the NSI Acquisition described in
Notes 3 and 7, the Subsidiaries elected to be taxed as S corporations whereby
the income tax effects of the Subsidiaries' activities accrued directly to their
stockholders; therefore, adoption of SFAS 109 required no establishment of
deferred income taxes since no material differences between financial reporting
and tax bases of assets and liabilities existed. Concurrent with the Company's
Reorganization and the NSI Acquisition, the Company terminated the S corporation
elections of its Subsidiaries. As a result, deferred income taxes under the
provisions of SFAS 109 were established.
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The principal components of deferred tax assets are as follows (U.S.
dollars in thousands):
December 31, December 31,
1998 1999
--------- ---------
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory differences $ 7,349 $ 12,224
Foreign tax credit 33,969 40,503
Distributor stock options and employee stock
awards 6,020 5,261
Capitalized legal and professional 5,990 2,570
Accrued expenses not deductible until paid 7,990 12,632
Withholding tax 7,291 8,897
Minimum tax credit 869 10,264
Net operating losses 12,621 11,017
--------- ---------
Total deferred tax assets 82,099 103,368
--------- ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Foreign deferred tax 8,871 11,657
Exchange gains and losses 3,032 3,566
NSI inventory step-up 11,176 --
Pharmanex intangibles step-up 11,445 21,116
Other 1,520 4,067
--------- ---------
Total deferred tax liabilities 36,044 40,406
--------- ---------
Valuation allowance (12,166) --
--------- ---------
Deferred taxes, net $ 33,889 $ 62,962
========= =========
The consolidated statements of income include a pro forma presentation for
income taxes, including the effect on minority interest, which would have been
recorded if the Company's Subsidiaries had been taxed as C corporations for all
periods presented. A reconciliation of the Company's pro forma effective tax
rate for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the actual tax rate for
the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate
is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
----------------------------
1997 1998 1999
------ ------ ------
Income taxes at statutory rate 35.00% 35.00% 35.00%
Foreign tax credit limitation (benefit) 2.41 4.40 (7.77)
Cumulative effect of change in tax status -- (4.09) --
Pharmanex in-process research and
development -- 2.80 --
Non-deductible expenses .15 .83 1.72
Branch remittance gains and losses (.48) (1.38) 3.78
Other .90 (.56) (.23)
------ ------ ------
37.98% 37.00% 32.50%
====== ====== ======
15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan which permits
participating employees to defer up to a maximum of 15% of their compensation,
subject to limitations established by the Internal Revenue Code. Employees who
work a minimum of 1,000 hours per year, who have completed at least one year of
service and who are 21 years of age or older are qualified to participate in the
plan. The Company matches 100% of the first 2% and
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
50% of the next 2% of each participant's contributions to the plan. Participant
contributions are immediately vested. Company contributions vest based on the
participant's years of service at 25% per year over four years. The Company's
contribution totaled $647,000, $829,000 and $910,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
16. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company's Subsidiaries enter into significant transactions with each
other and third parties which may not be denominated in the respective
Subsidiaries' functional currencies. The Company seeks to reduce its exposure to
fluctuations in foreign exchange rates by creating offsetting positions through
the use of foreign currency exchange contracts and through certain intercompany
loans of foreign currency. The Company does not use such derivative financial
instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The Company regularly monitors
its foreign currency risks and periodically takes measures to reduce the impact
of foreign exchange fluctuations on the Company's operating results. Gains and
losses on foreign currency forward contracts and certain intercompany loans of
foreign currency are recorded as other income and expense in the consolidated
statements of income.
At December 31, 1998 and 1999, the Company held foreign currency forward
contracts with notional amounts totaling approximately $46.3 million and $31.1
million, respectively, to hedge foreign currency items. These contracts do not
qualify as hedging transactions and, accordingly, have been marked to market.
The net gains on foreign currency forward contracts were $5.6 million and $2.6
million for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and the
net loss on foreign currency forward contracts was $0.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 1999. These contracts at December 31, 1999 have maturities
through August 2000.
At December 31, 1998 and 1999, the intercompany loan from Nu Skin Japan to
Nu Skin Hong Kong, Inc. totaled approximately $57.3 million and $44.1 million,
respectively. The Company recorded exchange gains totaling $2.2 million and $0.4
million resulting from this intercompany loan for the years ended December 31,
1998 and 1999, respectively.
At December 31, 1998 and 1999, the intercompany loan from Nu Skin Japan to
the Company totaled approximately $82.0 million and $91.1 million, respectively.
The Company recorded exchange gains totaling $2.8 million resulting from this
intercompany loan for the year ended December 31, 1998. There were no exchange
gains or losses resulting from this intercompany loan for the year ended
December 31, 1999.
17. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid for interest totaled $251,000, $3,731,000 and $5,714,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. Cash paid for income
taxes totaled $73,905,000, $77,271,000 and $76,596,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
For the year ended December 31, 1997, noncash investing and financing
activities were as follows: (1) $87.1 million distribution to the stockholders
of the Acquired Entities (Note 7). (2) Adjustment to the distributor stock
options to reallocate 120,000 options initially allocated to affiliated entities
and a related reduction in the notes receivable of $3.2 million (Note 13).
For the year ended December 31, 1998, noncash investing and financing
activities were as follows: (1) $37.6 million distribution to the stockholders
of the Acquired Entities (Note 3). (2) Purchase of Acquired Entities for $70.0
million in Preferred Stock and $6.2 million in long-term notes payable. Net
assets acquired totaled $90.4 million and assumed liabilities totaled $171.3
(Note 3). (3) $25.0 million in contingent consideration issued to the
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NSI Stockholders. $8.8 million of the contingent payment was recorded as an
increase in intangible assets and $16.2 million of the contingent payment was
recorded as a reduction of stockholders' equity (Notes 3 and 7). (4) Purchase of
Pharmanex for $77.6 million in Class A common stock and $0.2 million in cash.
Net assets acquired totaled $3.6 million and assumed liabilities totaled $34.0
million (Note 4).
For the year ended December 31, 1999, noncash investing and financing
activities included the purchase of Big Planet for $29.2 million of which $14.6
million consisted of a note payable (Note 6).
18. SEGMENT INFORMATION
During 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 131 ("SFAS 131"), DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN ENTERPRISE AND
RELATED INFORMATION. As described in Note 1, the Company's operations throughout
the world are divided into three reportable segments: North Asia, Southeast Asia
and Other Markets. Segment data includes intersegment revenue, intersegment
profit and operating expenses and intersegment receivables and payables. The
Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on operating income.
Information as to the operations of the Company in each of the three segments is
set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
--------------------------------------
1997 1998 1999
---------- ---------- ----------
Revenue
North Asia $ 673,582 $ 665,523 $ 619,283
Southeast Asia 412,524 320,606 265,604
Other Markets 314,048 294,947 337,590
Eliminations (446,732) (367,582) (328,228)
---------- ---------- ----------
Totals $ 953,422 $ 913,494 $ 894,249
========== ========== ==========
Year Ended December 31,
--------------------------------------
1997 1998 1999
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating Income
North Asia $ 117,302 $ 89,075 $ 84,396
Southeast Asia 46,195 19,385 31,922
Other Markets 19,684 46,994 5,533
Eliminations (2,961) 785 7,996
--------- --------- ---------
Totals $ 180,220 $ 156,239 $ 129,847
========= ========= =========
December 31,
------------------------
1998 1999
---------- ----------
Total Assets
North Asia $ 167,867 $ 116,918
Southeast Asia 110,518 111,204
Other Markets 500,299 520,832
Eliminations (172,251) (105,739)
---------- ----------
Totals $ 606,433 $ 643,215
========== ==========
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Information as to the Company's operations in different geographical areas
is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):
REVENUE
Revenue from the Company's operations in Japan totaled $599,375, $654,168
and $602,411 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999. Revenue from
the Company's operations in Taiwan totaled $168,568, $119,511 and $103,581 for
the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. Revenue from the
Company's operations in the United States (which includes intercompany revenue)
totaled $301,217, $280,115 and $316,128 for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1998 and 1999, respectively.
LONG-LIVED ASSETS
Long-lived assets in Japan were $20,242 and $29,314 as of December 31, 1998
and 1999, respectively. Long-lived assets in Taiwan were $2,466 and $3,381 as of
December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively. Long-lived assets in the United States
were $213,856 and $310,255 as of December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is subject to governmental regulations pertaining to product
formulation, labeling and packaging, product claims and advertising and to the
Company's direct selling system. The Company is also subject to the jurisdiction
of numerous foreign tax authorities. Any assertions or determination that either
the Company, or the Company's distributors is not in compliance with existing
statutes, laws, rules or regulations could potentially have a material adverse
effect on the Company's operations. In addition, in any country or jurisdiction,
the adoption of new statutes, laws, rules or regulations or changes in the
interpretation of existing statutes, laws, rules or regulations could have a
material adverse effect on the Company and its operations. Although management
believes that the Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with the
statutes, laws, rules and regulations of every jurisdiction in which it
operates, no assurance can be given that the Company's compliance with
applicable statutes, laws, rules and regulations will not be challenged by
foreign authorities or that such challenges will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations or cash
flows.
20. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In January 2000, a derivative lawsuit was filed against the Company's board
of directors alleging a breach of fiduciary duty and self-dealing in connection
with the NSI Acquisition, the Nu Skin USA transaction and the Big Planet
Acquisition. The Company's board of directors has appointed a special litigation
committee to investigate the validity of the complaint.
<PAGE>
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
COMMON STOCK. The Company's Class A common stock is listed on the New York
Stock Exchange ("NYSE") and trades under the symbol "NUS". The Company's Class B
common stock has no established trading market. The following table is based
upon information available to the Company and sets forth the range of the high
and low sales prices for the Company's Class A common stock for the quarterly
periods during 1998 and 1999 based upon quotations on the NYSE.
Quarter Ended High Low
------------- -------- --------
March 31, 1998 $ 25.75 $ 15.75
June 30, 1998 28.69 15.50
September 30, 1998 19.25 10.19
December 31, 1998 25.63 10.31
Quarter Ended High Low
------------- -------- --------
March 31, 1999 $ 25.25 $ 17.75
June 30, 1999 22.88 15.50
September 30, 1999 22.00 10.69
December 31, 1999 14.63 8.50
The market price of the Company's Class A common stock is subject to
significant fluctuations in response to variations in the Company's quarterly
operating results, general trends in the market for the Company's products and
product candidates, economic and currency exchange issues in the foreign markets
in which the Company operates and other factors, many of which are not within
the control of the Company. In addition, broad market fluctuations, as well as
general economic, business and political conditions, may adversely affect the
market for the Company's Class A common stock, regardless of the Company's
actual or projected performance.
The closing price of the Company's Class A common stock on March 6, 2000
was $9.3125. The approximate number of holders of record of the Company's Class
A common stock and Class B common stock as of March 6, 2000 was 997 and 69,
respectively. This number of record holders does not represent the actual number
of beneficial owners of shares of the Company's Class A common stock because
shares are frequently held in "street name" by securities dealers and others for
the benefit of individual owners who have the right to vote their shares.
The Company has not paid or declared any cash dividends on its Class A
common stock or Class B common stock. Any future determination as to cash
dividends will depend upon the earnings and financial position of the Company
and such other factors as the Company's Board of Directors may deem appropriate.
EXHIBIT 21
Subsidiaries of Registrant
Nu Family Benefits Insurance Brokerage, Inc., a Utah corporation
Nu Skin Argentina, Inc., a Utah corporation with an Argentine branch
Nu Skin Asia Investment, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Nu Skin Australia, Inc., a Utah corporation
Nu Skin Belgium, NV, a Belgium corporation
Big Planet, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Nu Skin Brazil, Ltda., a Brazilian corporation
Nu Skin Canada, Inc., a Utah corporation
Cedar Meadows LLC, a Utah limited liability company
Nu Skin Chile, S.A., a Chilean corporation
Cygnus Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Nu Skin Europe, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Nu Skin France, SARL, a French corporation
Nu Skin Germany, GmbH, a German corporation
Nu Skin Guatemala, S.A., a Guatemalan corporation domesticated in the State of
Delaware
Nu Skin Hong Kong, Inc., a Utah corporation
Nu Skin International, Inc., a Utah corporation, also doing business as NSE
Network Management Company and Pharmanex Manufacturing Company
Nu Skin International Management Group, Inc., a Utah corporation
Nu Skin Italy, Srl, an Italy corporation
Nu Skin Japan Company Limited, a Japanese corporation
NSE Korea, Ltd., a Korean corporation domesticated in the State of Delaware
Nu Skin Mexico, S.A. de C.V., a Mexico corporation domesticated in the State of
Delaware
Nu Skin Netherlands, B.V., a Netherlands corporation
Nu Skin New Zealand, Inc., a Utah corporation
Pharmanex, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Pharmanex Japan, Ltd., a Japanese corporation
Nu Skin Philippines, Inc., a Delaware corporation with a Philippines branch
<PAGE>
Nu Skin Poland Sp. z o.o., a Poland corporation
Sage Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation
Nu Skin Scandinavia A.S., a Denmark corporation
Shanghai Harmony, Daily Use and Health Products Co., Ltd., a Chinese corporation
Nu Skin Spain, S.L., a Spain corporation
Nu Skin Taiwan, Inc., a Utah corporation
Nu Skin Personal Care (Thailand), Ltd., a Thailand corporation domesticated in
the State of Delaware
Nu Skin U.K., Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation
Nu Skin United States, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Zhejiang Cinogen Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., a Sino-American joint venture
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-12073) and in the Registration Statements on Form
S-8 (Nos. 333-48611, 333-68407, and 333-95033) of our report dated March 3, 2000
relating to the financial statements, which appears in the 1999 Annual Report to
Stockholders of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc., which is incorporated by reference in
the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 1999.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Salt Lake City, Utah
March 22, 2000
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on
Form S-3 (No. 333-12073) and in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos.
333-48611, 333-68407 and 333-95033) of our report dated April 1, 1998, which
appears in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. for the
year ended December 31, 1999.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Provo, Utah
March 22, 2000
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
Board of Directors
Nu Skin Acquired Entities
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of Nu Skin Acquired
Entities (collectively, the Entities), as of December 31, 1997, and the related
combined statement of earnings, shareholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows
for the year ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Entities' management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Nu Skin Acquired Entities, as
of December 31, 1997, and the combined results of their operations and their
combined cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Provo, Utah
April 1, 1998
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 1999 and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-Mos
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> Dec-31-1999
<PERIOD-END> Dec-31-1999
<CASH> 110,162
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 18,160
<ALLOWANCES> 0
<INVENTORY> 85,751
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 282,885
<PP&E> 124,657
<DEPRECIATION> 66,709
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 643,215
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 208,324
<BONDS> 89,419
0
0
<COMMON> 87
<OTHER-SE> 309,292
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 643,215
<SALES> 894,249
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 894,249
<CGS> 151,681
<TOTAL-COSTS> 764,402
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 0
<INCOME-PRETAX> 128,436
<INCOME-TAX> 41,742
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 86,694
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 86,694
<EPS-BASIC> 1.00
<EPS-DILUTED> .99
</TABLE>
